summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/4326.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '4326.txt')
-rw-r--r--4326.txt7222
1 files changed, 7222 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/4326.txt b/4326.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6e41ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/4326.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7222 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Expansion of Europe, by Ramsay Muir
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Expansion of Europe
+ The Culmination of Modern History
+
+Author: Ramsay Muir
+
+Posting Date: August 11, 2009 [EBook #4326]
+Release Date: August, 2003
+First Posted: January 5, 2002
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Robert Rowe, Charles Franks and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team. HTML version by Al Haines.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
+
+THE CULMINATION OF MODERN HISTORY
+
+
+BY RAMSAY MUIR
+
+
+PROFESSOR OF MODERN HISTORY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF MANCHESTER
+
+
+
+SECOND EDITION
+
+
+
+TO MY MOTHER
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+The purpose of this book is twofold.
+
+We realise to-day, as never before, that the fortunes of the world, and
+of every individual in it, are deeply affected by the problems of
+world-politics and by the imperial expansion and the imperial rivalries
+of the greater states of Western civilisation. But when men who have
+given no special attention to the history of these questions try to
+form a sound judgment on them, they find themselves handicapped by the
+lack of any brief and clear resume of the subject. I have tried, in
+this book, to provide such a summary, in the form of a broad survey,
+unencumbered with detail, but becoming fuller as it comes nearer to our
+own time. That is my first purpose. In fulfilling it I have had to
+cover much well-trodden ground. But I hope I have avoided the aridity
+of a mere compendium of facts.
+
+My second purpose is rather more ambitious. In the course of my
+narrative I have tried to deal with ideas rather than with mere facts.
+I have tried to bring out the political ideas which are implicit in, or
+which result from, the conquest of the world by Western civilisation;
+and to show how the ideas of the West have affected the outer world,
+how far they have been modified to meet its needs, and how they have
+developed in the process. In particular I have endeavoured to direct
+attention to the significant new political form which we have seen
+coming into existence, and of which the British Empire is the oldest
+and the most highly developed example--the world-state, embracing
+peoples of many different types, with a Western nation-state as its
+nucleus. The study of this new form seems to me to be a neglected
+branch of political science, and one of vital importance. Whether or
+not it is to be a lasting form, time alone will show. Finally I have
+tried to display, in this long imperialist conflict, the strife of two
+rival conceptions of empire: the old, sterile, and ugly conception
+which thinks of empire as mere domination, ruthlessly pursued for the
+sole advantage of the master, and which seems to me to be most fully
+exemplified by Germany; and the nobler conception which regards empire
+as a trusteeship, and which is to be seen gradually emerging and
+struggling towards victory over the more brutal view, more clearly and
+in more varied forms in the story of the British Empire than in perhaps
+any other part of human history. That is why I have given a perhaps
+disproportionate attention to the British Empire. The war is
+determining, among other great issues, which of these conceptions is to
+dominate the future.
+
+In its first form this book was completed in the autumn of 1916; and it
+contained, as I am bound to confess, some rather acidulated sentences
+in the passages which deal with the attitude of America towards
+European problems. These sentences were due to the deep disappointment
+which most Englishmen and most Frenchmen felt with the attitude of
+aloofness which America seemed to have adopted towards the greatest
+struggle for freedom and justice ever waged in history. It was an
+indescribable satisfaction to be forced by events to recognise that I
+was wrong, and that these passages of my book ought not to have been
+written as I wrote them. There is a sort of solemn joy in feeling that
+America, France, and Britain, the three nations which have contributed
+more than all the rest of the world put together to the establishment
+of liberty and justice on the earth, are now comrades in arms, fighting
+a supreme battle for these great causes. May this comradeship never be
+broken. May it bring about such a decision of the present conflict as
+will open a new era in the history of the world--a world now unified,
+as never before, by the final victory of Western civilisation which it
+is the purpose of this book to describe.
+
+Besides rewriting and expanding the passages on America, I have seized
+the opportunity of this new issue to alter and enlarge certain other
+sections of the book, notably the chapter on the vital period
+1878-1900, which was too slightly dealt with in the original edition.
+In this work, which has considerably increased the size of the book, I
+have been much assisted by the criticisms and suggestions of some of my
+reviewers, whom I wish to thank.
+
+Perhaps I ought to add that though this book is complete in itself, it
+is also a sort of sequel to a little book entitled Nationalism and
+Internationalism, and was originally designed to be printed along with
+it: that is the explanation of sundry footnote references. The two
+volumes are to be followed by a third, on National Self-government, and
+it is my hope that the complete series may form a useful general survey
+of the development of the main political factors in modern history.
+
+In its first form the book had the advantage of being read by my friend
+Major W. L. Grant, Professor of Colonial History at Queen's University
+Kingston, Ontario. The pressure of the military duties in which he is
+engaged has made it impossible for me to ask his aid in the revision of
+the book.
+
+R. M. July 1917
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+ Preface
+ I. The Meaning and the Motives of Imperialism
+ II. The Era of Iberian Monopoly
+ III. The Rivalry of the Dutch, the French, and
+ the English, 1588-1763
+ (a) The Period of Settlement, 1588-1660
+ (b) The Period of Systematic Colonial Policy, 1660-1713
+ (c) The Conflict of French and English, 1713-1763
+ IV. The Era of Revolution, 1763-1825
+ V. Europe and the Non-European World, 1815-1878
+ VI. The Transformation of the British Empire, 1815-1878
+ VII. The Era of the World States, 1878-1900
+ VIII. The British Empire amid the World-Powers, 1878-1914
+ IX. The Great Challenge, 1900-1914
+ X. What of the Night?
+
+
+
+
+I
+
+THE MEANING AND THE MOTIVES OF IMPERIALISM
+
+
+One of the most remarkable features of the modern age has been the
+extension of the influence of European civilisation over the whole
+world. This process has formed a very important element in the history
+of the last four centuries, and it has been strangely undervalued by
+most historians, whose attention has been too exclusively centred upon
+the domestic politics, diplomacies, and wars of Europe. It has been
+brought about by the creation of a succession of 'Empires' by the
+European nations, some of which have broken up, while others survive,
+but all of which have contributed their share to the general result;
+and for that reason the term 'Imperialism' is commonly employed to
+describe the spirit which has led to this astonishing and
+world-embracing movement of the modern age.
+
+The terms 'Empire' and 'Imperialism' are in some respects unfortunate,
+because of the suggestion of purely military dominion which they
+convey; and their habitual employment has led to some unhappy results.
+It has led men of one school of thought to condemn and repudiate the
+whole movement, as an immoral product of brute force, regardless of the
+rights of conquered peoples. They have refused to study it, and have
+made no endeavour to understand it; not realising that the movement
+they were condemning was as inevitable and as irresistible as the
+movement of the tides--and as capable of being turned to beneficent
+ends. On the other hand, the implications of these terms have perhaps
+helped to foster in men of another type of mind an unhealthy spirit of
+pride in mere domination, as if that were an end in itself, and have
+led them to exult in the extension of national power, without closely
+enough considering the purposes for which it was to be used. Both
+attitudes are deplorable, and in so far as the words 'Empire,'
+'Imperial,' and 'Imperialism' tend to encourage them, they are
+unfortunate words. They certainly do not adequately express the full
+significance of the process whereby the civilisation of Europe has been
+made into the civilisation of the world.
+
+Nevertheless the words have to be used, because there are no others
+which at all cover the facts. And, after all, they are in some ways
+entirely appropriate. A great part of the world's area is inhabited by
+peoples who are still in a condition of barbarism, and seem to have
+rested in that condition for untold centuries. For such peoples the
+only chance of improvement was that they should pass under the dominion
+of more highly developed peoples; and to them a European 'Empire'
+brought, for the first time, not merely law and justice, but even the
+rudiments of the only kind of liberty which is worth having, the
+liberty which rests upon law. Another vast section of the world's
+population consists of peoples who have in some respects reached a high
+stage of civilisation, but who have failed to achieve for themselves a
+mode of organisation which could give them secure order and equal laws.
+For such peoples also the 'Empire' of Western civilisation, even when
+it is imposed and maintained by force, may bring advantages which will
+far outweigh its defects. In these cases the word 'Empire' can be used
+without violence to its original significance, and yet without apology;
+and these cases cover by far the greater part of the world.
+
+The words 'Empire' and 'Imperialism' come to us from ancient Rome; and
+the analogy between the conquering and organising work of Rome and the
+empire-building work of the modern nation-states is a suggestive and
+stimulating analogy. The imperialism of Rome extended the modes of a
+single civilisation, and the Reign of Law which was its essence, over
+all the Mediterranean lands. The imperialism of the nations to which
+the torch of Rome has been handed on, has made the Reign of Law, and
+the modes of a single civilisation, the common possession of the whole
+world. Rome made the common life of Europe possible. The imperial
+expansion of the European nations has alone made possible the
+vision--nay, the certainty--of a future world-order. For these reasons
+we may rightly and without hesitation continue to employ these terms,
+provided that we remember always that the justification of any dominion
+imposed by a more advanced upon a backward or disorganised people is to
+be found, not in the extension of mere brute power, but in the
+enlargement and diffusion, under the shelter of power, of those vital
+elements in the life of Western civilisation which have been the
+secrets of its strength, and the greatest of its gifts to the world:
+the sovereignty of a just and rational system of law, liberty of
+person, of thought, and of speech, and, finally, where the conditions
+are favourable, the practice of self-government and the growth of that
+sentiment of common interest which we call the national spirit. These
+are the features of Western civilisation which have justified its
+conquest of the world[1]; and it must be for its success or failure in
+attaining these ends that we shall commend or condemn the imperial work
+of each of the nations which have shared in this vast achievement.
+
+
+[1] See the first essay in Nationalism and Internationalism, in which
+an attempt is made to work out this idea.
+
+
+Four main motives can be perceived at work in all the imperial
+activities of the European peoples during the last four centuries. The
+first, and perhaps the most potent, has been the spirit of national
+pride, seeking to express itself in the establishment of its dominion
+over less highly organised peoples. In the exultation which follows the
+achievement of national unity each of the nation-states in turn, if the
+circumstances were at all favourable, has been tempted to impose its
+power upon its neighbours,[2] or even to seek the mastery of the world.
+From these attempts have sprung the greatest of the European wars. From
+them also have arisen all the colonial empires of the European states.
+It is no mere coincidence that all the great colonising powers have
+been unified nation-states, and that their imperial activities have
+been most vigorous when the national sentiment was at its strongest
+among them. Spain, Portugal, England, France, Holland, Russia: these
+are the great imperial powers, and they are also the great
+nation-states. Denmark and Sweden have played a more modest part, in
+extra-European as in European affairs. Germany and Italy only began to
+conceive imperial ambitions after their tardy unification in the
+nineteenth century. Austria, which has never been a nation-state, never
+became a colonising power. Nationalism, then, with its eagerness for
+dominion, may be regarded as the chief source of imperialism; and if
+its effects are unhappy when it tries to express itself at the expense
+of peoples in whom the potentiality of nationhood exists, they are not
+necessarily unhappy in other cases. When it takes the form of the
+settlement of unpeopled lands, or the organisation and development of
+primitive barbaric peoples, or the reinvigoration and strengthening of
+old and decadent societies, it may prove itself a beneficent force. But
+it is beneficent only in so far as it leads to an enlargement of law
+and liberty.
+
+
+[2] Nationalism and Imperialism, pp. 60, 64, 104.
+
+
+The second of the blended motives of imperial expansion has been the
+desire for commercial profits; and this motive has played so prominent
+a part, especially in our own time, that we are apt to exaggerate its
+force, and to think of it as the sole motive. No doubt it has always
+been present in some degree in all imperial adventures. But until the
+nineteenth century it probably formed the predominant motive only in
+regard to the acquisition of tropical lands. So long as Europe
+continued to be able to produce as much as she needed of the food and
+the raw materials for industry that her soil and climate were capable
+of yielding, the commercial motive for acquiring territories in the
+temperate zone, which could produce only commodities of the same type,
+was comparatively weak; and the European settlements in these areas,
+which we have come to regard as the most important products of the
+imperialist movement, must in their origin and early settlement be
+mainly attributed to other than commercial motives. But Europe has
+always depended for most of her luxuries upon the tropics: gold and
+ivory and gems, spices and sugar and fine woven stuffs, from a very
+early age found their way into Europe from India and the East, coming
+by slow and devious caravan routes to the shores of the Black Sea and
+the Mediterranean. Until the end of the fifteenth century the European
+trader had no direct contact with the sources of these precious
+commodities; the supply of them was scanty and the price high. The
+desire to gain a more direct access to the sources of this traffic, and
+to obtain control of the supply, formed the principal motive for the
+great explorations. But these, in their turn, disclosed fresh tropical
+areas worth exploiting, and introduced new luxuries, such as tobacco
+and tea, which soon took rank as necessities. They also brought a
+colossal increment of wealth to the countries which had undertaken
+them. Hence the acquisition of a share in, or a monopoly of, these
+lucrative lines of trade became a primary object of ambition to all the
+great states. In the nineteenth century Europe began to be unable to
+supply her own needs in regard to the products of the temperate zone,
+and therefore to desire control over other areas of this type; but
+until then it was mainly in regard to the tropical or sub-tropical
+areas that the commercial motive formed the predominant element in the
+imperial rivalries of the nation-states. And even to-day it is over
+these areas that their conflicts are most acute.
+
+A third motive for imperial expansion, which must not be overlooked, is
+the zeal for propaganda: the eagerness of virile peoples to propagate
+the religious and political ideas which they have adopted. But this is
+only another way of saying that nations are impelled upon the imperial
+career by the desire to extend the influence of their conception of
+civilisation, their Kultur. In one form or another this motive has
+always been present. At first it took the form of religious zeal. The
+spirit of the Crusaders was inherited by the Portuguese and the
+Spaniards, whose whole history had been one long crusade against the
+Moors. When the Portuguese started upon the exploration of the African
+coast, they could scarcely have sustained to the end that long and
+arduous task if they had been allured by no other prospect than the
+distant hope of finding a new route to the East. They were buoyed up
+also by the desire to strike a blow for Christianity. They expected to
+find the mythical Christian empire of Prester John, and to join hands
+with him in overthrowing the infidel. When Columbus persuaded Queen
+Isabella of Castile to supply the means for his madcap adventure, it
+was by a double inducement that he won her assent: she was to gain
+access to the wealth of the Indies, but she was also to be the means of
+converting the heathen to a knowledge of Christianity; and this double
+motive continually recurs in the early history of the Spanish Empire.
+France could scarcely, perhaps, have persisted in maintaining her far
+from profitable settlements on the barren shores of the St. Lawrence if
+the missionary motive had not existed alongside of the motives of
+national pride and the desire for profits: her great work of
+exploration in the region of the Great Lakes and the Mississippi Valley
+was due quite as much to the zeal of the heroic missionaries of the
+Jesuit and other orders as to the enterprise of trappers and traders.
+In English colonisation, indeed, the missionary motive was never, until
+the nineteenth century, so strongly marked. But its place was taken by
+a parallel political motive. The belief that they were diffusing the
+free institutions in which they took so much pride certainly formed an
+element in the colonial activities of the English. It is both foolish
+and unscientific to disregard this element of propaganda in the
+imperialist movement, still more to treat the assertion of it by the
+colonising powers as mere hypocrisy. The motives of imperial expansion,
+as of other human activities, are mixed, and the loftier elements in
+them are not often predominant. But the loftier elements are always
+present. It is hypocrisy to pretend that they are alone or even chiefly
+operative. But it is cynicism wholly to deny their influence. And of
+the two sins cynicism is the worse, because by over-emphasising it
+strengthens and cultivates the lower among the mixed motives by which
+men are ruled.
+
+The fourth of the governing motives of imperial expansion is the need
+of finding new homes for the surplus population of the colonising
+people. This was not in any country a very powerful motive until the
+nineteenth century, for over-population did not exist in any serious
+degree in any of the European states until that age. Many of the
+political writers in seventeenth-century England, indeed, regarded the
+whole movement of colonisation with alarm, because it seemed to be
+drawing off men who could not be spared. But if the population was
+nowhere excessive, there were in all countries certain classes for
+which emigration to new lands offered a desired opportunity. There were
+the men bitten with the spirit of adventure, to whom the work of the
+pioneer presented an irresistible attraction. Such men are always
+numerous in virile communities, and when in any society their numbers
+begin to diminish, its decay is at hand. The imperial activities of the
+modern age have more than anything else kept the breed alive in all
+European countries, and above all in Britain. To this type belonged the
+conquistadores of Spain, the Elizabethan seamen, the French explorers
+of North America, the daring Dutch navigators. Again, there were the
+younger sons of good family for whom the homeland presented small
+opportunities, but who found in colonial settlements the chance of
+creating estates like those of their fathers at home, and carried out
+with them bands of followers drawn from among the sons of their
+fathers' tenantry. To this class belonged most of the planter-settlers
+of Virginia, the seigneurs of French Canada, the lords of the great
+Portuguese feudal holdings in Brazil, and the dominant class in all the
+Spanish colonies. Again, there were the 'undesirables' of whom the home
+government wanted to be rid--convicts, paupers, political prisoners;
+they were drafted out in great numbers to the new lands, often as
+indentured servants, to endure servitude for a period of years and then
+to be merged in the colonial population. When the loss of the American
+colonies deprived Britain of her dumping-ground for convicts, she had
+to find a new region in which to dispose of them; and this led to the
+first settlement of Australia, six years after the establishment of
+American independence. Finally, in the age of bitter religious
+controversy there was a constant stream of religious exiles seeking new
+homes in which they could freely follow their own forms of worship. The
+Puritan settlers of New England are the outstanding example of this
+type. But they were only one group among many. Huguenots from France,
+Moravians from Austria, persecuted 'Palatines' and Salzburgers from
+Germany, poured forth in an almost unbroken stream. It was natural that
+they should take refuge in the only lands where full religious freedom
+was offered to them; and these were especially some of the British
+settlements in America, and the Dutch colony at the Cape of Good Hope.
+
+It is often said that the overflow of Europe over the world has been a
+sort of renewal of the folk-wandering of primitive ages. That is a
+misleading view: the movement has been far more deliberate and
+organised, and far less due to the pressure of external circumstances,
+than the early movements of peoples in the Old World. Not until the
+nineteenth century, when the industrial transformation of Europe
+brought about a really acute pressure of population, can it be said
+that the mere pressure of need, and the shortage of sustenance in their
+older homes, has sent large bodies of settlers into the new lands.
+Until that period the imperial movement has been due to voluntary and
+purposive action in a far higher degree than any of the blind early
+wanderings of peoples. The will-to-dominion of virile nations exulting
+in their nationhood; the desire to obtain a more abundant supply of
+luxuries than had earlier been available, and to make profits
+therefrom; the zeal of peoples to impose their mode of civilisation
+upon as large a part of the world as possible; the existence in the
+Western world of many elements of restlessness and dissatisfaction,
+adventurers, portionless younger sons, or religious enthusiasts: these
+have been the main operative causes of this huge movement during the
+greater part of the four centuries over which it has extended. And as
+it has sprung from such diverse and conflicting causes, it has assumed
+an infinite variety of forms; and both deserves and demands a more
+respectful study as a whole than has generally been given to it.
+
+
+
+
+II
+
+THE ERA OF IBERIAN MONOPOLY
+
+
+During the Middle Ages the contact of Europe with the rest of the world
+was but slight. It was shut off by the great barrier of the Islamic
+Empire, upon which the Crusades made no permanent impression; and
+although the goods of the East came by caravan to the Black Sea ports,
+to Constantinople, to the ports of Syria, and to Egypt, where they were
+picked up by the Italian traders, these traders had no direct knowledge
+of the countries which were the sources of their wealth. The threat of
+the Empire of Genghis Khan in the thirteenth century aroused the
+interest of Europe, and the bold friars, Carpini and Rubruquis, made
+their way to the centres of that barbaric sovereign's power in the
+remote East, and brought back stories of what they had seen; later the
+Poli, especially the great Marco, undertook still more daring and
+long-continued journeys, which made India and Cathay less unreal to
+Europeans, and stimulated the desire for further knowledge. The later
+mediaeval maps of the world, like that of Fra Mauro (1459),[3] which
+incorporate this knowledge, are less wildly imaginative than their
+predecessors, and show a vague notion of the general configuration of
+the main land-masses in the Old World. But beyond the fringes of the
+Mediterranean the world was still in the main unknown to, and
+unaffected by, European civilisation down to the middle of the
+fifteenth century.
+
+
+[3] Simplified reproductions of this and the other early maps alluded
+to are printed in Philip's Students' Atlas of Modern History, which
+also contains a long series of maps illustrating the extra-Europeans
+activities of the European states.
+
+
+Then, suddenly, came the great era of explorations, which were made
+possible by the improvements in navigation worked out during the
+fifteenth century, and which in two generations incredibly transformed
+the aspect of the world. The marvellous character of this revelation
+can perhaps be illustrated by the comparison of two maps, that of
+Behaim, published in 1492, and that of Schoener, published in 1523.
+Apart from its adoption of the theory that the earth was globular, not
+round and flat, Behaim's map shows little advance upon Fra Mauro,
+except that it gives a clearer idea of the shape of Africa, due to the
+earlier explorations of the Portuguese. But Schoener's map shows that
+the broad outlines of the distribution of the land-masses of both
+hemispheres were already in 1523 pretty clearly understood. This
+astonishing advance was due to the daring and enterprise of the
+Portuguese explorers, Diaz, Da Gama, Cabral, and of the adventurers in
+the service of Spain, Columbus, Balboa, Vespucci, and--greatest of them
+all--Magellan.
+
+These astonishing discoveries placed for a time the destinies of the
+outer world in the hands of Spain and Portugal, and the first period of
+European imperialism is the period of Iberian monopoly, extending to
+1588. A Papal award in 1493 confirmed the division of the non-European
+world between the two powers, by a judgment which the orthodox were
+bound to accept, and did accept for two generations. All the oceans,
+except the North Atlantic, were closed to the navigators of other
+nations; and these two peoples were given, for a century, the
+opportunity of showing in what guise they would introduce the
+civilisation of Europe to the rest of the globe. Pioneers as they were
+in the work of imperial development, it is not surprising that they
+should have made great blunders; and in the end their foreign dominions
+weakened rather than strengthened the home countries, and contributed
+to drag them down from the high place which they had taken among the
+nations.
+
+The Portuguese power in the East was never more than a commercial
+dominion. Except in Goa, on the west coast of India, no considerable
+number of settlers established themselves at any point; and the Goanese
+settlement is the only instance of the formation of a mixed race, half
+Indian and half European. Wherever the Portuguese power was
+established, it proved itself hard and intolerant; for the spirit of
+the Crusader was ill-adapted to the establishment of good relations
+with the non-Christian peoples. The rivalry of Arab traders in the
+Indian Ocean was mercilessly destroyed, and there was as little mercy
+for the Italian merchants, who found the stream of goods that the Arabs
+had sent them by way of the Red Sea and the Persian Gulf almost wholly
+intercepted. No doubt any other people, finding itself in the position
+which the Portuguese occupied in the early sixteenth century, would
+have been tempted to use their power in the same way to establish a
+complete monopoly; but the success with which the Portuguese attained
+their aim was in the end disastrous to them. It was followed by, if it
+did not cause, a rapid deterioration of the ability with which their
+affairs were directed; and when other European traders began to appear
+in the field, they were readily welcomed by the princes of India and
+the chieftains of the Spice Islands. In the West the Portuguese
+settlement in Brazil was a genuine colony, or branch of the Portuguese
+nation, because here there existed no earlier civilised people to be
+dominated. But both in East and West the activities of the Portuguese
+were from the first subjected to an over-rigid control by the home
+government. Eager to make the most of a great opportunity for the
+national advantage, the rulers of Portugal allowed no freedom to the
+enterprise of individuals. The result was that in Portugal itself, in
+the East, and in Brazil, initiative was destroyed, and the brilliant
+energy which this gallant little nation had displayed evaporated within
+a century. It was finally destroyed when, in 1580, Portugal and her
+empire fell under the dominion of Spain, and under all the reactionary
+influences of the government of Philip II. By the time this heavy yoke
+was shaken off, in the middle of the seventeenth century, the
+Portuguese dominion had fallen into decay. To-day nothing of it remains
+save 'spheres of influence' on the western and eastern coasts of
+Africa, two or three ports on the coast of India, the Azores, and the
+island of Magao off the coast of China.
+
+The Spanish dominion in Central and South America was of a different
+character. When once they had realised that it was not a new route to
+Asia, but a new world, that Columbus had discovered for them, the
+Spaniards sought no longer mainly for the riches to be derived from
+traffic, but for the precious metals, which they unhappily discovered
+in slight quantities in Hispaniola, but in immense abundance in Mexico
+and Peru. It is impossible to exaggerate the heroic valour and daring
+of Cortez, Pizarro, Hernando de Soto, Orellana, and the rest of the
+conquistadores who carved out in a single generation the vast Spanish
+empire in Central and South America; but it is equally impossible to
+exaggerate their cruelty, which was born in part of the fact that they
+were a handful among myriads, in part of the fierce traditions of
+crusading warfare against the infidel. Yet without undervaluing their
+daring, it must be recognised that they had a comparatively easy task
+in conquering the peoples of these tropical lands. In the greater
+islands of the West Indies they found a gentle and yielding people, who
+rapidly died out under the forced labour of the mines and plantations,
+and had to be replaced by negro slave-labour imported from Africa. In
+Mexico and Peru they found civilisations which on the material side
+were developed to a comparatively high point, and which collapsed
+suddenly when their governments and capitals had been overthrown; while
+their peoples, habituated to slavery, readily submitted to a new
+servitude. It must be recognised, to the honour of the government of
+Charles V. and his successors, that they honestly attempted to
+safeguard the usages and possessions of the conquered peoples, and to
+protect them in some degree against the exploitation of their
+conquerors. But it was the protection of a subject race doomed to the
+condition of Helotage; they were protected, as the Jews were protected
+by the kings of mediaeval England, because they were a valuable asset
+of the crown. The policy of the Spanish government did not avail to
+prevent an intermixture of the races, because the Spaniards themselves
+came from a sub-tropical country, and the Mexicans and Peruvians
+especially were separated from them by no impassable gulf such as
+separates the negro or the Australian bushman from the white man.
+Central and Southern America thus came to be peopled by a hybrid race,
+speaking Spanish, large elements of which were conscious of their own
+inferiority. This in itself would perhaps have been a barrier to
+progress. But the concentration of attention upon the precious metals,
+and the neglect of industry due to this cause and to the employment of
+slave-labour, formed a further obstacle. And in addition to all, the
+Spanish government, partly with a view to the execution of its native
+policy, partly because it regarded the precious metals as the chief
+product of these lands and wished to maintain close control over them,
+and partly because centralised autocracy was carried to its highest
+pitch in Spain, allowed little freedom of action to the local
+governments, and almost none to the settlers. It treated the trade of
+these lands as a monopoly of the home country, to be carried on under
+the most rigid control. It did little or nothing to develop the natural
+resources of the empire, but rather discouraged them lest they should
+compete with the labours of the mine; and in what concerned the
+intellectual welfare of its subjects, it limited itself, as in Spain,
+to ensuring that no infection of heresy or freethought should reach any
+part of its dominions. All this had a deadening effect; and the
+surprising thing is, not that the Spanish Empire should have fallen
+into an early decrepitude, but that it should have shown such
+comparative vigour, tenacity, and power of expansion as it actually
+exhibited. Not until the nineteenth century did the vast natural
+resources of these regions begin to undergo any rapid development; that
+is to say, not until most of the settlements had discarded the
+connection with Spain; and even then, the defects bred into the people
+by three centuries of reactionary and unenlightened government produced
+in them an incapacity to use their newly won freedom, and condemned
+these lands to a long period of anarchy. It would be too strong to say
+that it would have been better had the Spaniards never come to America;
+for, when all is said, they have done more than any other people, save
+the British, to plant European modes of life in the non-European world.
+But it is undeniable that their dominion afforded a far from happy
+illustration of the working of Western civilisation in a new field, and
+exercised a very unfortunate reaction upon the life of the
+mother-country.
+
+The conquest of Portugal and her empire by Philip II., in 1580, turned
+Spain into a Colossus bestriding the world, and it was inevitable that
+this world-dominion should be challenged by the other European states
+which faced upon the Atlantic. The challenge was taken up by three
+nations, the English, the French, and the Dutch, all the more readily
+because the very existence of all three and the religion of two of them
+were threatened by the apparently overwhelming strength of Spain in
+Europe. As in so many later instances, the European conflict was
+inevitably extended to the non-European world. From the middle of the
+sixteenth century onwards these three peoples attempted, with
+increasing daring, to circumvent or to undermine the Spanish power, and
+to invade the sources of the wealth which made it dangerous to them;
+but the attempt, so far as it was made on the seas and beyond them, was
+in the main, and for a long time, due to the spontaneous energies of
+volunteers, not to the action of governments. Francis I. of France sent
+out the Venetian Verazzano to explore the American shores of the North
+Atlantic, as Henry VII. of England had earlier sent the Genoese Cabots.
+But nothing came of these official enterprises. More effective were the
+pirate adventurers who preyed upon the commerce between Spain and her
+possessions in the Netherlands as it passed through the Narrow Seas,
+running the gauntlet of English, French, and Dutch. More effective
+still were the attempts to find new routes to the East, not barred by
+the Spanish dominions, by a north-east or a north-west passage; for
+some of the earlier of these adventures led to fruitful unintended
+consequences, as when the Englishman Chancellor, seeking for a
+north-east passage, found the route to Archangel and opened up a trade
+with Russia, or as when the Frenchman Cartier, seeking for a north-west
+passage, hit upon the great estuary of the St. Lawrence, and marked out
+a claim for France to the possession of the area which it drained. Most
+effective of all were the smuggling and piratical raids into the
+reserved waters of West Africa and the West Indies, and later into the
+innermost penetralia of the Pacific Ocean, which were undertaken with
+rapidly increasing boldness by the navigators of all three nations, but
+above all by the English. Drake is the supreme exponent of these
+methods; and his career illustrates in the clearest fashion the steady
+diminution of Spanish prestige under these attacks, and the growing
+boldness and maritime skill of its attackers.
+
+From the time of Drake's voyage round the world (1577) and its
+insulting defiance of the Spanish power on the west coast of South
+America, it became plain that the maintenance of Spanish monopoly could
+not last much longer. It came to its end, finally and unmistakably, in
+the defeat of the Grand Armada. That supreme victory threw the ocean
+roads of trade open, not to the English only, but to the sailors of all
+nations. In its first great triumph the English navy had established
+the Freedom of the Seas, of which it has ever since been the chief
+defender. Since 1588 no power has dreamt of claiming the exclusive
+right of traversing any of the open seas of the world, as until that
+date Spain and Portugal had claimed the exclusive right of using the
+South Atlantic, the Pacific, and the Indian Oceans.
+
+So ends the first period in the imperial expansion of the Western
+peoples, the period of Spanish and Portuguese monopoly. Meanwhile,
+unnoticed in the West, a remarkable eastward expansion was being
+effected by the Russian people. By insensible stages they had passed
+the unreal barrier between Europe and Asia, and spread themselves
+thinly over the vast spaces of Siberia, subduing and assimilating the
+few and scattered tribes whom they met; by the end of the seventeenth
+century they had already reached the Pacific Ocean. It was a conquest
+marked by no great struggles or victories, an insensible permeation of
+half a continent. This process was made the easier for the Russians,
+because in their own stock were blended elements of the Mongol race
+which they found scattered over Siberia: they were only reversing the
+process which Genghis Khan had so easily accomplished in the thirteenth
+century. And as the Russians had scarcely yet begun to be affected by
+Western civilisation, there was no great cleavage or contrast between
+them and their new subjects, and the process of assimilation took place
+easily. But the settlement of Siberia was very gradual. At the
+beginning of the eighteenth century the total population of this vast
+area amounted to not more than 300,000 souls, and it was not until the
+nineteenth century that there was any rapid increase.
+
+
+
+
+III
+
+THE RIVALRY OF THE DUTCH, THE FRENCH AND THE ENGLISH, 1588-1763
+
+
+The second period of European imperialism was filled with the rivalries
+of the three nations which had in different degrees contributed to the
+breakdown of the Spanish monopoly, the Dutch, the French, and the
+English; and we have next to inquire how far, and why, these peoples
+were more successful than the Spaniards in planting in the non-European
+world the essentials of European civilisation. The long era of their
+rivalry extended from 1588 to 1763, and it can be most conveniently
+divided into three sections. The first of these extended from 1588 to
+about 1660, and may be called the period of experiment and settlement;
+during its course the leadership fell to the Dutch. The second extended
+from 1660 to 1713, and may be called the period of systematic colonial
+policy, and of growing rivalry between France and England. The third,
+from 1713 to 1763, was dominated by the intense rivalry of these two
+countries, decadent Spain joining in the conflict on the side of
+France, while the declining power of the Dutch was on the whole ranged
+on the side of Britain; and it ended with the complete ascendancy of
+Britain, supreme at once in the West and in the East.
+
+
+(a) The Period of Settlement, 1588-1660
+
+The special interest of the first half of the seventeenth century is
+that in the trading and colonial experiments of this period the
+character of the work which was to be done by the three new candidates
+for extra-European empire was already very clearly and instructively
+displayed. They met as rivals in every field: in the archipelago of the
+West Indies, and the closely connected slaving establishments of West
+Africa, in the almost empty lands of North America, and in the trading
+enterprises of the far East; and everywhere a difference of spirit and
+method appeared.
+
+The Dutch, who made a far more systematic and more immediately
+profitable use of the opportunity than either of their rivals, regarded
+the whole enterprise as a great national commercial venture. It was
+conducted by two powerful trading corporations, the Company of the East
+Indies and the Company of the West Indies; but though directed by the
+merchants of Amsterdam, these were genuinely national enterprises;
+their shareholders were drawn from every province and every class; and
+they were backed by all the influence which the States-General of the
+United Provinces--controlled during this period mainly by the
+commercial interest--was able to wield.
+
+The Company of the East Indies was the richer and the more powerful of
+the two, because the trade of the Far East was beyond comparison the
+most lucrative in the world. Aiming straight at the source of the
+greatest profits--the trade in spices--the Dutch strove to establish a
+monopoly control over the Spice Islands and, in general, over the Malay
+Archipelago; and they were so successful that their influence remains
+to-day predominant in this region. Their first task was to overthrow
+the ascendancy of the Portuguese, and in this they were willing to
+co-operate with the English traders. But the bulk of the work was done
+by the Dutch, for the English East India Company was poor in comparison
+with the Dutch, was far less efficiently organised, and, in especial,
+could not count upon the steady support of the national government. It
+was mainly the Dutch who built forts and organised factories, because
+they alone had sufficient capital to maintain heavy standing charges.
+Not unnaturally they did not see why the English should reap any part
+of the advantage of their work, and set themselves to establish a
+monopoly. In the end the English were driven out with violence. After
+the Massacre of Amboyna (1623) their traders disappeared from these
+seas, and the Dutch supremacy remained unchallenged until the
+nineteenth century.
+
+It was a quite intolerant commercial monopoly which they had
+instituted, but from the commercial point of view it was administered
+with great intelligence. Commercial control brought in its train
+territorial sovereignty, over Java and many of the neighbouring
+islands; and this sovereignty was exercised by the directors of the
+company primarily with a view to trade interests. It was a trade
+despotism, but a trade despotism wisely administered, which gave
+justice and order to its native subjects. On the mainland of India the
+Dutch never attained a comparable degree of power, because the native
+states were strong enough to hold them in check. But in this period
+their factories were more numerous and more prosperous than those of
+the English, their chief rivals; and over the island of Ceylon they
+established an ascendancy almost as complete as that which they had
+created in the archipelago.
+
+They were intelligent enough also to see the importance of good
+calling-stations on the route to the East. For this purpose they
+planted a settlement in Mauritius, and another at the Cape of Good
+Hope. But these settlements were never regarded as colonies. They were
+stations belonging to a trading company; they remained under its
+complete control, and were allowed no freedom of development, still
+less any semblance of self-government. If Cape Colony grew into a
+genuine colony, or offshoot of the mother-country, it was in spite of
+the company, not by reason of its encouragement, and from first to last
+the company's relations with the settlers were of the most unhappy
+kind. For the company would do nothing at the Cape that was not
+necessary for the Eastern trade, which was its supreme interest, and
+the colonists naturally did not take the same view. It was this
+concentration upon purely commercial aims which also prevented the
+Dutch from making any use of the superb field for European settlement
+opened up by the enterprise of their explorers in Australia and New
+Zealand. These fair lands were left unpeopled, largely because they
+promised no immediate trade profits.
+
+In the West the enterprises of the Dutch were only less vigorous than
+in the East, and they were marked by the same feature of an intense
+concentration upon the purely commercial aspect. While the English and
+(still more) the French adventurers made use of the lesser West Indian
+islands, unoccupied by Spain, as bases for piratical attacks upon the
+Spanish trade, the Dutch, with a shrewd instinct, early deserted this
+purely destructive game for the more lucrative business of carrying on
+a smuggling trade with the Spanish mainland; and the islands which they
+acquired (such as Curayoa) were, unlike the French and English islands,
+especially well placed for this purpose. They established a sugar
+colony in Guiana. But their main venture in this region was the
+conquest of a large part of Northern Brazil from the Portuguese (1624);
+and here their exploitation was so merciless, under the direction of
+the Company of the West Indies, that the inhabitants, though they had
+been dissatisfied with the Portuguese government, and had at first
+welcomed the Dutch conquerors, soon revolted against them, and after
+twenty years drove them out.
+
+On the mainland of North America the Dutch planted a single colony--the
+New Netherlands, with its capital at New Amsterdam, later New York.
+Their commercial instinct had once more guided them wisely. They had
+found the natural centre for the trade of North America; for by way of
+the river Hudson and its affluent, the Mohawk, New York commands the
+only clear path through the mountain belt which everywhere shuts off
+the Atlantic coast region from the central plain of America. Founded
+and controlled by the Company of the West Indies, this settlement was
+intended to be, not primarily the home of a branch of the Dutch nation
+beyond the seas, but a trading-station for collecting the furs and
+other products of the inland regions. At Orange (Albany), which stands
+at the junction of the Mohawk and the Hudson, the Dutch traders
+collected the furs brought in by Indian trappers from west and north;
+New Amsterdam was the port of export; and if settlers were encouraged,
+it was only that they might supply the men and the means and the food
+for carrying on this traffic. The Company of the West Indies
+administered the colony purely from this point of view. No powers of
+self-government were allowed to the settlers; and, as in Cape Colony,
+the relations between the colonists and the governing company were
+never satisfactory, because the colonists felt that their interests
+were wholly subordinated.
+
+The distinguishing feature of French imperial activity during this
+period was its dependence upon the support and direction of the home
+government, which was the natural result of the highly centralised
+regime established in France during the modern era. Only in one
+direction was French activity successfully maintained by private
+enterprise, and this was in the not very reputable field of West Indian
+buccaneering, in which the French were even more active than their
+principal rivals and comrades, the English. The word 'buccaneer' itself
+comes from the French: boucan means the wood-fire at which the pirates
+dried and smoked their meat, and these fires, blazing on deserted
+islands, must often have warned merchant vessels to avoid an
+ever-present danger. The island of Tortuga, which commands the passage
+between Cuba and Hispaniola through which the bulk of the Spanish
+traffic passed on its way from Mexico to Europe, was the most important
+of the buccaneering bases, and although it was at first used by the
+buccaneers of all nations, it soon became a purely French possession,
+as did, later, the adjoining portion of the island of Hispaniola (San
+Domingo). The French did, indeed, like the English, plant sugar
+colonies in some of the lesser Antilles; but during the first half of
+the seventeenth century they attained no great prosperity.
+
+For the greater enterprises of trade in the East and colonisation in
+the West, the French relied almost wholly upon government assistance,
+and although both Henry IV. in the first years of the century, and
+Richelieu in its second quarter, were anxious to give what help they
+could, internal dissensions were of such frequent occurrence in France
+during this period that no systematic or continuous governmental aid
+was available. Hence the French enterprises both in the East and in the
+West were on a small scale, and achieved little success. The French
+East India Company was all but extinct when Colbert took it in hand in
+1664; it was never able to compete with its Dutch or even its English
+rival.
+
+But the period saw the establishment of two French colonies in North
+America: Acadia (Nova Scotia) on the coast, and Canada, with Quebec as
+its centre, in the St. Lawrence valley, separated from one another on
+land by an almost impassable barrier of forest and mountain. These two
+colonies were founded, the first in 1605 and the second in 1608, almost
+at the same moment as the first English settlement on the American
+continent. They had a hard struggle during the first fifty years of
+their existence; for the number of settlers was very small, the soil
+was barren, the climate severe, and the Red Indians, especially the
+ferocious Iroquois towards the south, were far more formidable enemies
+than those who bordered on the English colonies.
+
+There is no part of the history of European colonisation more full of
+romance and of heroism than the early history of French Canada; an
+incomparable atmosphere of gallantry and devotion seems to overhang it.
+From the first, despite their small numbers and their difficulties,
+these settlers showed a daring in exploration which was only equalled
+by the Spaniards, and to which there is no parallel in the records of
+the English colonies. At the very outset the great explorer Champlain
+mapped out the greater part of the Great Lakes, and thus reached
+farther into the continent than any Englishman before the end of the
+eighteenth century; and although this is partly explained by the fact
+that the St. Lawrence and the lakes afforded an easy approach to the
+interior, while farther south the forest-clad ranges of the Alleghanies
+constituted a very serious barrier, this does not diminish the French
+pre-eminence in exploration. Nor can anything in the history of
+European colonisation surpass the heroism of the French missionaries
+among the Indians, who faced and endured incredible tortures in order
+to bring Christianity to the barbarians. No serious missionary
+enterprise was ever undertaken by the English colonists; this
+difference was in part due to the fact that the missionary aim was
+definitely encouraged by the home government in France. From the
+outset, then, poverty, paucity of numbers, gallantry, and missionary
+zeal formed marked features of the French North American colonies.
+
+In other respects they very clearly reproduced some of the features of
+the motherland. Their organisation was strictly feudal in character.
+The real unit of settlement and government was the seigneurie, an
+estate owned by a Frenchman of birth, and cultivated by his vassals,
+who found refuge from an Indian raid, or other danger, in the stockaded
+house which took the place of a chateau, much as their remote ancestors
+had taken refuge from the raids of the Northmen in the castles of their
+seigneur's ancestors. And over this feudal society was set, as in
+France, a highly centralised government wielding despotic power, and in
+its turn absolutely subject to the mandate of the Crown at home. This
+despotic government had the right to require the services of all its
+subjects in case of need; and it was only the centralised government of
+the colony, and the warlike and adventurous character of its small
+feudalised society, which enabled it to hold its own for so long
+against the superior numbers but laxer organisation of its English
+neighbours. A despotic central power, a feudal organisation, and an
+entire dependence upon the will of the King of France and upon his
+support, form, therefore, the second group of characteristics which
+marked the French colonies. They were colonies in the strictest sense,
+all the more because they reproduced the main features of the home
+system.
+
+Nothing could have differed more profoundly from this system than the
+methods which the English were contemporaneously applying, without plan
+or clearly defined aim, and guided only by immediate practical needs,
+and by the rooted traditions of a self-governing people. Their
+enterprises received from the home government little direct assistance,
+but they throve better without it; and if there was little assistance,
+there was also little interference. In the East the English East India
+Company had to yield to the Dutch the monopoly of the Malayan trade,
+and bitterly complained of the lack of government support; but it
+succeeded in establishing several modest factories on the coast of
+India, and was on the whole prosperous. But it was in the West that the
+distinctive work of the English was achieved during this period, by the
+establishment of a series of colonies unlike any other European
+settlements which had yet been instituted. Their distinctive feature
+was self-government, to which they owed their steadily increasing
+prosperity. No other European colonies were thus managed on the
+principle of autonomy. Indeed, these English settlements were in 1650
+the only self-governing lands in the world, apart from England herself,
+the United Provinces, and Switzerland.
+
+The first English colony, Virginia, was planted in 1608 by a trading
+company organised for the purpose, whose subscribers included nearly
+all the London City Companies, and about seven hundred private
+individuals of all ranks. Their motives were partly political ('to put
+a bit in the ancient enemy's (Spain's) mouth'), and partly commercial,
+for they hoped to find gold, and to render England independent of the
+marine supplies which came from the Baltic. But profit was not their
+sole aim; they were moved also by the desire to plant a new England
+beyond the seas. They made, in fact, no profits; but they did create a
+branch of the English stock, and the young squires' and yeomen's sons
+who formed the backbone of the colony showed themselves to be
+Englishmen by their unwillingness to submit to an uncontrolled
+direction of their affairs. In 1619, acting on instructions received
+from England, the company's governor summoned an assembly of
+representatives, one from each township, to consult on the needs of the
+colony. This was the first representative body that had ever existed
+outside Europe, and it indicated what was to be the character of
+English colonisation. Henceforth the normal English method of governing
+a colony was through a governor and an executive council appointed by
+the Crown or its delegate, and a representative assembly, which wielded
+full control over local legislation and taxation. 'Our present
+happiness,' said the Virginian Assembly in 1640, 'is exemplified by the
+freedom of annual assemblies and by legal trials by juries in all civil
+and criminal causes.'
+
+The second group of English colonies, those of New England, far to the
+north of Virginia, reproduced in an intensified form this note of
+self-government. Founded in the years following 1620, these settlements
+were the outcome of Puritan discontents in England. The commercial
+motive was altogether subsidiary in their establishment; they existed
+in order that the doctrine and discipline of Puritanism might find a
+home where its ascendancy would be secure. It was indeed under the
+guise of a commercial company that the chief of these settlements was
+made, but the company was organised as a means of safe-guarding the
+colonists from Crown interference, and at an early date its
+headquarters were transferred to New England itself. Far from desiring
+to restrict this freedom, the Crown up to a point encouraged it.
+Winthrop, one of the leading colonists, tells us that he had learnt
+from members of the Privy Council 'that his Majesty did not intend to
+impose the ceremonies of the Church of England upon us; for that it was
+considered that it was the freedom from such things that made people
+come over to us.' The contrast between this licence and the rigid
+orthodoxy enforced upon French Canada or Spanish America is very
+instructive. It meant that the New World, so far as it was controlled
+by England, was to be open as a place of refuge for those who disliked
+the restrictions thought necessary at home. The same note is to be
+found in the colony of Maryland, planted by the Roman Catholic Lord
+Baltimore in 1632, largely as a place of refuge for his
+co-religionists. He was encouraged by the government of Charles I. in
+this idea, and the second Lord Baltimore reports that his father 'had
+absolute liberty to carry over any from his Majesty's Dominions willing
+to go. But he found very few but such as ... could not conform to the
+laws of England relating to religion. These declared themselves willing
+to plant in this province, if they might have a general toleration
+settled by law.' Maryland, therefore, became the first place in the
+world of Western civilisation in which full religious toleration was
+allowed; for the aim of the New Englanders was not religious freedom,
+but a free field for the rigid enforcement of their own shade of
+orthodoxy.
+
+Thus, in these first English settlements, the deliberate encouragement
+of varieties of type was from the outset a distinguishing note, and the
+home authorities neither desired nor attempted to impose a strict
+uniformity with the rules and methods existing in England. There was as
+great a variety in social and economic organisation as in religious
+beliefs between the aristocratic planter colonies of the south and the
+democratic agricultural settlements of New England. In one thing only
+was there uniformity: every settlement possessed self-governing
+institutions, and prized them beyond all other privileges. None,
+indeed, carried self-government to so great an extent as the New
+Englanders. They came out organised as religious congregations, in
+which every member possessed equal rights, and they took the
+congregational system as the basis of their local government, and
+church membership as the test of citizenship; nor did any other
+colonies attain the right, long exercised by the New Englanders, of
+electing their own governors. But there was no English settlement, not
+even the little slave-worked plantations in the West Indian islands,
+like Barbados, which did not set up, as a matter of course, a
+representative body to deal with problems of legislation and taxation,
+and the home government never dreamt of interfering with this practice.
+Already in 1650, the English empire was sharply differentiated from the
+Spanish, the Dutch, and the French empires by the fact that it
+consisted of a scattered group of self-governing communities, varying
+widely in type, but united especially by the common possession of free
+institutions, and thriving very largely because these institutions
+enabled local needs to be duly considered and attracted settlers of
+many types.
+
+
+(b) The Period of Systematic Colonial Policy, 1660-1713
+
+The second half of the seventeenth century was a period of systematic
+imperial policy on the part of both England and France; for both
+countries now realised that in the profitable field of commerce, at any
+rate, the Dutch had won a great advantage over them.
+
+France, after many internal troubles and many foreign wars, had at last
+achieved, under the government of Louis XIV., the boon of firmly
+established order. She was now beyond all rivalry the greatest of the
+European states, and her king and his great finance minister, Colbert,
+resolved to win for her also supremacy in trade and colonisation. But
+this was to be done absolutely under the control and direction of the
+central government. Until the establishment of the German Empire, there
+has never been so marked an instance of the centralised organisation of
+the whole national activity as France presented in this period. The
+French East India Company was revived under government direction, and
+began for the first time to be a serious competitor for Indian trade.
+An attempt was made to conquer Madagascar as a useful base for Eastern
+enterprises. The sugar industry in the French West Indian islands was
+scientifically encouraged and developed, though the full results of
+this work were not apparent until the next century. France began to
+take an active share in the West African trade in slaves and other
+commodities. In Canada a new era of prosperity began; the population
+was rapidly increased by the dispatch of carefully selected parties of
+emigrants, and the French activity in missionary work and in
+exploration became bolder than ever. Pere Marquette and the Sieur de la
+Salle traced out the courses of the Ohio and the Mississippi; French
+trading-stations began to arise among the scattered Indian tribes who
+alone occupied the vast central plain; and a strong French claim was
+established to the possession of this vital area, which was not only
+the most valuable part of the American continent, but would have shut
+off the English coastal settlements from any possibility of westward
+expansion. These remarkable explorations led, in 1717, to the
+foundation of New Orleans at the mouth of the great river, and the
+organisation of the colony of Louisiana. But the whole of the intense
+and systematic imperial activity of the French during this period
+depended upon the support and direction of government; and when Colbert
+died in 1683, and soon afterwards all the resources of France were
+strained by the pressure of two great European wars, the rapid
+development which Colbert's zeal had brought about was checked for a
+generation. Centralised administration may produce remarkable immediate
+results, but it does not encourage natural and steady growth. Meanwhile
+the English had awakened to the fact that England had, almost by a
+series of accidents, become the centre of an empire, and to the
+necessity of giving to this empire some sort of systematic
+organisation. It was the statesmen of the Commonwealth who first began
+to grope after an imperial system. The aspect of the situation which
+most impressed them was that the enterprising Dutch were reaping most
+of the trading profits which arose from the creation of the English
+colonies: it was said that ten Dutch ships called at Barbados for every
+English ship. To deal with this they passed the Navigation Act of 1651,
+which provided that the trade of England and the colonies should be
+carried only in English or colonial ships. They thus gave a logical
+expression to the policy of imperial trade monopoly which had been in
+the minds of those who were interested in colonial questions from the
+outset; and they also opened a period of acute trade rivalry and war
+with the Dutch. The first of the Dutch wars, which was waged by the
+Commonwealth, was a very even struggle, but it secured the success of
+the Navigation Act. Cromwell, though he hastened to make peace with the
+Dutch, was a still stronger imperialist than his parliamentary
+predecessors; he may justly be described as the first of the Jingoes.
+He demanded compensation from the Dutch for the half-forgotten outrage
+of Amboyna in 1623. He made a quite unprovoked attack upon the Spanish
+island of Hispaniola, and though he failed to conquer it, gained a
+compensation in the seizure of Jamaica (1655). And he insisted upon the
+obedience of the colonies to the home government with a severity never
+earlier shown. With him imperial aims may be said to have become, for
+the first time, one of the ruling ends of the English government.
+
+But it was the reign of Charles II. which saw the definite organisation
+of a clearly conceived imperial policy; in the history of English
+imperialism there are few periods more important. The chief statesmen
+and courtiers of the reign, Prince Rupert, Clarendon, Shaftesbury,
+Albemarle, were all enthusiasts for the imperial idea. They had a
+special committee of the Privy Council for Trade and Plantations,[4]
+and appointed John Locke, the ablest political thinker of the age, to
+be its secretary. They pushed home the struggle against the maritime
+ascendancy of the Dutch, and fought two Dutch wars; and though the
+history-books, influenced by the Whig prejudice against Charles II.,
+always treat these wars as humiliating and disgraceful, while they
+treat the Dutch war of the Commonwealth as just and glorious, the plain
+fact is that the first Dutch war of Charles II. led to the conquest of
+the Dutch North American colony of the New Netherlands (1667), and so
+bridged the gap between the New England and the southern colonies. They
+engaged in systematic colonisation, founding the new colony of Carolina
+to the south of Virginia, while out of their Dutch conquests they
+organised the colonies of New York, New Jersey, and Delaware; and the
+end of the reign saw the establishment of the interesting and admirably
+managed Quaker colony of Pennsylvania. They started the Hudson Bay
+Company, which engaged in the trade in furs to the north of the French
+colonies. They systematically encouraged the East India Company, which
+now began to be more prosperous than at any earlier period, and
+obtained in Bombay its first territorial possession in India.
+
+
+[4] It was not till 1696, however, that this Board became permanent.
+
+
+More important, they worked out a new colonial policy, which was to
+remain, in its main features, the accepted British policy down to the
+loss of the American colonies in 1782. The theory at the base of this
+policy was that while the mother-country must be responsible for the
+defence of all the scattered settlements, which in their weakness were
+exposed to attack from many sides, in she might reasonably expect to be
+put in possession of definite trade advantages. Hence the Navigation
+Act of 1660 provided not only that inter-imperial trade should be
+carried in English or colonial vessels, but that certain 'enumerated
+articles,' including some of the most important colonial products,
+should be sent only to England, so that English merchants should have
+the profits of selling them to other countries, and the English
+government the proceeds of duties upon them; and another Act provided
+that imports to the colonies should only come from, or through,
+England. In other words, England was to be the commercial entrepot of
+the whole empire; and the regulation of imperial trade as a whole was
+to belong to the English government and parliament. To the English
+government also must necessarily fall the conduct of the relations of
+the empire as a whole with other powers. This commercial system was
+not, however, purely one-sided. If the colonies were to send their
+chief products only to England, they were at the same time to have a
+monopoly, or a marked advantage, in English markets. Tobacco-growing
+had been for a time a promising industry in England; it was prohibited
+in order that it might not compete with the colonial product; and
+differential duties were levied on the competing products of other
+countries and their colonies. In short, the new policy was one of
+Imperial Preference; it aimed at turning the empire into an economic
+unit, of which England should be the administrative and distributing
+centre. So far the English policy did not differ in kind from the
+contemporary colonial policy of other countries, though it left to the
+colonies a greater freedom of trade (for example, in the
+'non-enumerated articles') than was ever allowed by Spain or France, or
+by the two great trading companies which controlled the foreign
+possessions of Holland.
+
+But there is one respect in which the authors of this system differed
+very widely from the colonial statesmen of other countries. Though they
+were anxious to organise and consolidate the empire on the basis of a
+trade system, they had no desire or intention of altering its
+self-governing character, or of discouraging the growth of a healthy
+diversity of type and method. Every one of the new colonies of this
+period was provided with the accustomed machinery of representative
+government: in the case of Carolina, the philosopher, John Locke, was
+invited to draw up a model constitution, and although his scheme was
+quite unworkable, the fact that he was asked to make it affords a
+striking proof of the seriousness with which the problems of colonial
+government were regarded. In several of the West Indian settlements
+self-governing institutions were organised during these years. In the
+Frame of Government which Penn set forth on the foundation of
+Pennsylvania, in 1682, he laid it down that 'any government is free
+where the laws rule, and where the people are a party to these rules,'
+and on this basis proceeded to organise his system. According to this
+definition all the English colonies were free, and they were almost the
+only free communities in the world. And though it is true that there
+was an almost unceasing conflict between the government and the New
+England colonies, no one who studies the story of these quarrels can
+fail to see that the demands of the New Englanders were often
+unreasonable and inconsistent with the maintenance of imperial unity,
+while the home government was extremely patient and moderate. Above
+all, almost the most marked feature of the colonial policy of Charles
+II. was the uniform insistence upon complete religious toleration in
+the colonies. Every new charter contained a clause securing this vital
+condition.
+
+It has long been our habit to condemn the old colonial system as it was
+defined in this period, and to attribute to it the disruption of the
+empire in the eighteenth century. But the judgment is not a fair one;
+it is due to those Whig prejudices by which so much of the modern
+history of England has been distorted. The colonial policy of
+Shaftesbury and his colleagues was incomparably more enlightened than
+that of any contemporary government. It was an interesting
+experiment--the first, perhaps, in modern history--in the
+reconciliation of unity and freedom. And it was undeniably successful:
+under it the English colonies grew and throve in a very striking way.
+Everything, indeed, goes to show that this system was well designed for
+the needs of a group of colonies which were still in a state of
+weakness, still gravely under-peopled and undeveloped. Evil results
+only began to show themselves in the next age, when the colonies were
+growing stronger and more independent, and when the self-complacent
+Whigs, instead of revising the system to meet new conditions, actually
+enlarged and emphasised its most objectionable features.
+
+
+(c) The Conflict of French and English, 1713-1763
+
+While France and England were defining and developing their sharply
+contrasted imperial systems, the Dutch had fallen into the background,
+content with the rich dominion which they had already acquired; and the
+Spanish and Portuguese empires had both fallen into stagnation. New
+competitors, indeed, now began to press into the field: the wildly
+exaggerated notions of the wealth to be made from colonial ventures
+which led to the frenzied speculations of the early eighteenth century,
+John Law's schemes, and the South Sea Bubble, induced other powers to
+try to obtain a share of this wealth; and Austria, Brandenburg, and
+Denmark made fitful endeavours to become colonising powers. But the
+enterprises of these states were never of serious importance. The
+future of the non-European world seemed to depend mainly upon France
+and England; and it was yet to be determined which of the two systems,
+centralised autocracy enforcing uniformity, or self-government
+encouraging variety of type, would prove the more successful and would
+play the greater part. Two bodies of ideas so sharply contrasted were
+bound to come into conflict. In the two great wars between England and
+Louis XIV. (1688-1713), though the questions at issue were primarily
+European, the conflict inevitably spread to the colonial field; and in
+the result France was forced to cede in 1713 the province of Acadia
+(which had twice before been in English hands), the vast basin of
+Hudson's Bay, and the island of Newfoundland, to which the fishermen of
+both nations had resorted, though the English had always claimed it.
+But these were only preliminaries, and the main conflict was fought out
+during the half-century following the Peace of Utrecht, 1713-63.
+
+During this half-century Britain was under the rule of the Whig
+oligarchy, which had no clearly conceived ideas on imperial policy.
+Under the influence of the mercantile class the Whigs increased the
+severity of the restrictions on colonial trade, and prohibited the rise
+of industries likely to compete with those of the mother-country. But
+under the influence of laziness and timidity, and of the desire quieta
+non movere, they made no attempt seriously to enforce either the new or
+the old restrictions, and in these circumstances smuggling trade
+between the New England colonies and the French West Indies, in
+defiance of the Navigation Act and its companions, grew to such
+dimensions that any serious interference with it would be felt as a
+real grievance. The Whigs and their friends later took credit for their
+neglect. George Grenville, they said, lost the colonies because he read
+the American dispatches; he would have done much better to leave the
+dispatches and the colonies alone. But this is a damning apology. If
+the old colonial system, whose severity, on paper, the Whigs had
+greatly increased, was no longer workable, it should have been revised;
+but no Whig showed any sign of a sense that change was necessary. Yet
+the prevalence of smuggling was not the only proof of the need for
+change. There was during the period a long succession of disputes
+between colonial governors and their assemblies, which showed that the
+restrictions upon their political freedom, as well as those upon their
+economic freedom, were beginning to irk the colonists; and that
+self-government was following its universal and inevitable course, and
+demanding its own fulfilment. But the Whigs made no sort of attempt to
+consider the question whether the self-government of the colonies could
+be increased without impairing the unity of the empire. The single
+device of their statesmanship was--not to read the dispatches. And, in
+the meanwhile, no evil results followed, because the loyalty of the
+colonists was ensured by the imminence of the French danger. The
+mother-country was still responsible for the provision of defence,
+though she was largely cheated of the commercial advantages which were
+to have been its recompense.
+
+After 1713 there was a comparatively long interval of peace between
+Britain and France, but it was occupied by an acute commercial rivalry,
+in which, on the whole, the French seemed to be getting the upper hand.
+Their sugar islands in the West Indies were more productive than the
+British; their traders were rapidly increasing their hold over the
+central plain of North America, to the alarm of the British colonists;
+their intrigues kept alive a perpetual unrest in the recently conquered
+province of Acadia; and away in India, under the spirited direction of
+Francois Dupleix, their East India Company became a more formidable
+competitor for the Indian trade than it had hitherto been. Hence the
+imperial problem presented itself to the statesmen of that generation
+as a problem of power rather than as a problem of organisation; and the
+intense rivalry with France dwarfed and obscured the need for a
+reconsideration of colonial relations. At length this rivalry flamed
+out into two wars. The first of these was fought, on both sides, in a
+strangely half-hearted and lackadaisical way. But in the second (the
+Seven Years' War, 1756-63) the British cause, after two years of
+disaster, fell under the confident and daring leadership of Pitt, which
+brought a series of unexampled successes. The French flag was almost
+swept from the seas. The French settlements in Canada were overrun and
+conquered. With the fall of Quebec it was determined that the system of
+self-government, and not that of autocracy, should control the
+destinies of the North American continent; and Britain emerged in 1763
+the supreme colonial power of the world. The problem of power had been
+settled in her favour; but the problem of organisation remained
+unsolved. It emerged in an acute and menacing form as soon as the war
+was over.
+
+During the course of these two wars, and in the interval between them,
+an extraordinary series of events had opened a new scene for the
+rivalry of the two great imperial powers, and a new world began to be
+exposed to the influence of the political ideas of Europe. The vast and
+populous land of India, where the Europeans had hitherto been content
+to play the part of modest traders, under the protection and control of
+great native rulers, had suddenly been displayed as a field for the
+imperial ambitions of the European peoples. Ever since the first
+appearance of the Dutch, the English, and the French in these regions,
+Northern India had formed a consolidated empire ruled from Delhi by the
+great Mogul dynasty; the shadow of its power was also cast over the
+lesser princes of Southern India. But after 1709, and still more after
+1739, the Mogul Empire collapsed, and the whole of India, north and
+south, rapidly fell into a condition of complete anarchy. A multitude
+of petty rulers, nominal satraps of the powerless Mogul, roving
+adventurers, or bands of Mahratta raiders, put an end to all order and
+security; and to protect themselves and maintain their trade the
+European traders must needs enlist considerable bodies of Indian
+troops. It had long been proved that a comparatively small number of
+troops, disciplined in the European fashion, could hold their own
+against the loose and disorderly mobs who followed the standards of
+Indian rulers. And it now occurred to the ambitious mind of the
+Frenchman Dupleix that it should be possible, by the use of this
+military superiority, to intervene with effect in the unceasing strife
+of the Indian princes, to turn the scale on one side or the other, and
+to obtain over the princes whose cause he embraced a commanding
+influence, which would enable him to secure the expulsion of his
+English rivals, and the establishment of a French trade monopoly based
+upon political influence.
+
+This daring project was at first triumphantly successful. The English
+had to follow suit in self-defence, but could not equal the ability of
+Dupleix. In 1750 a French protege occupied the most important throne of
+Southern India at Hyderabad, and was protected and kept loyal by a
+force of French sepoys under the Marquis de Bussy, whose expenses were
+met out of the revenues of large provinces (the Northern Sarkars)
+placed under French administration; while in the Carnatic, the coastal
+region where all the European traders had their south-eastern
+headquarters, a second French protege had almost succeeded in crushing
+his rival, whom the English company supported. But the genius of Clive
+reversed the situation with dramatic swiftness; the French authorities
+at home, alarmed at these dangerous adventures, repudiated and recalled
+Dupleix (1754), and the British power was left to apply the methods
+which he had invented. When the Seven Years' War broke out (1756), the
+French, repenting of their earlier decision, sent a substantial force
+to restore their lost influence in the Carnatic, but the result was
+complete failure. A British protege henceforward ruled in the Carnatic;
+a British force replaced the French at Hyderabad; and the revenues of
+the Northern Sarkars, formerly assigned for the maintenance of the
+French force, were handed over to its successor. Meanwhile in the rich
+province of Bengal a still more dramatic revolution had taken place.
+Attacked by the young Nawab, Siraj-uddaula, the British traders at
+Calcutta had been forced to evacuate that prosperous centre (1756). But
+Clive, coming up with a fleet and an army from Madras, applied the
+lessons he had learnt in the Carnatic, set up a rival claimant to the
+throne of Bengal, and at Plassey (1757) won for his puppet a complete
+victory. From 1757 onwards the British East India Company was the real
+master in Bengal, even more completely than in the Carnatic. It had
+not, in either region, conquered any territory; it had only supported
+successfully a claimant to the native throne. The native government, in
+theory, continued as before; the company, in theory, was its subject
+and vassal. But in practice these great and rich provinces lay at its
+mercy, and if it did not yet choose to undertake their government, this
+was only because it preferred to devote itself to its original business
+of trade.
+
+Thus by 1763 the British power had achieved a dazzling double triumph.
+It had destroyed the power of its chief rival both in the East and in
+the West. It had established the supremacy of the British peoples and
+of British methods of government throughout the whole continent of
+North America; and it had entered, blindly and without any conception
+of what the future was to bring forth, upon the path which was to lead
+to dominion over the vast continent of India, and upon the tremendous
+task of grafting the ideas of the West upon the East.
+
+Such was the outcome of the first two periods in the history of
+European imperialism. It left Central and South America under the
+stagnant and reactionary government of Spain and Portugal; the eastern
+coast of North America under the control of groups of self-governing
+Englishmen; Canada, still inhabited by Frenchmen, under British
+dominance; Java and the Spice Islands, together with the small
+settlement of Cape Colony, in the hands of the Dutch; a medley of
+European settlements in the West Indian islands, and a string of
+European factories along the coast of West Africa; and the beginning of
+an anomalous British dominion established at two points on the coast of
+India. But of all the European nations which had taken part in this
+vast process of expansion, one alone, the British, still retained its
+vitality and its expansive power.
+
+
+
+
+IV
+
+THE ERA OF REVOLUTION, 1763-1825
+
+
+'Colonies are like fruits,' said Turgot, the eighteenth-century French
+economist and statesman: 'they cling to the mother-tree only until they
+are ripe.' This generalisation, which represented a view very widely
+held during that and the next age, seemed to be borne out in the most
+conclusive way by the events of the sixty years following the Seven
+Years' War. In 1763 the French had lost almost the whole of the empire
+which they had toilsomely built up during a century and a half. Within
+twenty years their triumphant British rivals were forced to recognise
+the independence of the American colonies, and thus lost the bulk of
+what may be called the first British Empire. They still retained the
+recently conquered province of French Canada, but it seemed unlikely
+that the French Canadians would long be content to live under an alien
+dominion: if they had not joined in the American Revolution, it was not
+because they loved the British, but because they hated the Americans.
+The French Revolutionary wars brought further changes. One result of
+these wars was that the Dutch lost Cape Colony, Ceylon, and Java,
+though Java was restored to them in 1815. A second result was that when
+Napoleon made himself master of Spain in 1808, the Spanish colonies in
+Central and South America ceased to be governed from the
+mother-country; and having tasted the sweets of independence, and still
+more, the advantages of unrestricted trade, could never again be
+brought into subordination. By 1825 nothing was left of the vast
+Spanish Empire save the Canaries, Cuba, Porto Rico, and the Philippine
+Islands; nothing was left of the Portuguese Empire save a few decaying
+posts on the coasts of Africa and India; nothing was left of the Dutch
+Empire save Java and its dependencies, restored in 1815; nothing was
+left of the French Empire save a few West Indian islands; and what had
+been the British American colonies were now the United States, a great
+power declaring to Europe, through the mouth of President Monroe, that
+she would resist any attempt of the European powers to restore the old
+regime in South America. It appeared that the political control of
+European states over non-European regions must be short-lived and full
+of trouble; and that the influence of Europe upon the non-European
+world would henceforth be exercised mainly through new independent
+states imbued with European ideas. Imperial aspirations thus seemed to
+that and the next generation at once futile and costly.
+
+Of all these colonial revolutions the most striking was that which tore
+away the American colonies from Britain (1764-82); not only because it
+led to the creation of one of the great powers of the world, and was to
+afford the single instance which has yet arisen of a daughter-nation
+outnumbering its mother-country, but still more because it seemed to
+prove that not even the grant of extensive powers of self-government
+would secure the permanent loyalty of colonies. Indeed, from the
+standpoint of Realpolitik, it might be argued that in the case of
+America self-government was shown to be a dangerous gift; for the
+American colonies, which alone among European settlements had obtained
+this supreme endowment, were the first, and indeed the only, European
+settlements to throw off deliberately their connection with the
+mother-country. France and Holland lost their colonies by war, and even
+the Spanish colonies would probably never have thought of severing
+their relations with Spain but for the anomalous conditions created by
+the Napoleonic conquest.
+
+The American Revolution is, then, an event unique at once in its
+causes, its character, and its consequences; and it throws a most
+important illumination upon some of the problems of imperialism. It
+cannot be pretended that the revolt of the colonists was due to
+oppression or to serious misgovernment. The paltry taxes which were its
+immediate provoking cause would have formed a quite negligible burden
+upon a very prosperous population; they were to have been spent
+exclusively within the colonies themselves, and would have been mainly
+used to meet a part of the cost of colonial defence, the bulk of which
+was still to be borne by the mother-country. If the colonists had been
+willing to suggest any other means of raising the required funds, their
+suggestions would have been readily accepted. This was made plain at
+several stages in the course of the discussion, but the invitation to
+suggest alternative methods of raising money met with no response. The
+plain fact is that Britain, already heavily loaded with debt, was
+bearing practically the whole burden of colonial defence, and was much
+less able than the colonies themselves to endure the strain. As for the
+long-established restrictions on colonial trade, which in fact though
+not in form contributed as largely as the proposals of direct taxation
+to cause the revolt, they were far less severe, even if they had been
+strictly enforced, than the restrictions imposed upon the trade of
+other European settlements.
+
+It is equally misleading to attribute the blame of the revolt wholly to
+George III. and the ministers by whom he was served during the critical
+years. No doubt it is possible to imagine a more tactful man than
+George Grenville, a more far-seeing and courageous statesman than Lord
+North, a less obstinate prince than George III. himself. But it may be
+doubted whether any change of men would have done more than postpone
+the inevitable. The great Whig apologists who have dictated the
+accepted view of British history in the seventeenth and eighteenth
+centuries have laboured to create the impression that if only Burke,
+Chatham, and Charles Fox had had the handling of the issue, the tragedy
+of disruption would have been avoided. But there is no evidence that
+any of these men, except perhaps Burke, appreciated the magnitude and
+difficulty of the questions that had been inevitably raised in 1764,
+and must have been raised whoever had been in power; or that they would
+have been able to suggest a workable new scheme of colonial government
+which would have met the difficulty. If they had put forward such a
+scheme, it would have been wrecked on the resistance of British
+opinion, which was still dominated by the theories and traditions of
+the old colonial system; and even if it had overcome this obstacle, it
+would very likely have been ruined by the captious and litigious spirit
+to which events had given birth among the colonists, especially in New
+England.
+
+The root of the matter was that the old colonial system, which had
+suited well enough the needs of the colonies as they were when it was
+devised by the statesmen of Charles II.'s reign, was no longer suitable
+to their condition now that they had become great and prosperous
+communities of freemen. They enjoyed self-government on a scale more
+generous than any other communities in the world outside of Britain;
+indeed, in one sense they enjoyed it on a more generous scale than
+Britain herself, since political rights were much more widely exercised
+in the colonies, owing to the natural conditions of a new and
+prosperous land, than they were to be, or could be, in Britain until
+nearly a century later. No direct taxation had as yet been imposed upon
+them without their own consent. They made the laws by which their own
+lives were regulated. They were called upon to pay no tribute to the
+home government, except the very indirect levy on goods passing through
+England to or from their ports, and this was nearly balanced by the
+advantages which they enjoyed in the British market, and far more than
+balanced by the protection afforded to them by the British fleet. They
+were not even required to raise troops for the defence of their own
+frontiers except of their own free will, and the main burden of
+defending even their landward frontier was borne by the mother-country.
+But being British they had the instinct of self-government in their
+blood and bones, and they found that the control of their own affairs
+was qualified or limited in two principal ways.
+
+In the first place, the executive and judicial officers who carried out
+the laws were not appointed by them but by the Crown in England: the
+colonies were not responsible for the administration of their own laws.
+In the second place, the regulations by which their foreign trade was
+governed were determined, not by themselves, but by the British
+parliament: they were not responsible for the control of their own
+traffic with the outside world. It is true that the salaries of the
+executive officials and the judges depended upon their grant, and that
+any governor who acted in the teeth of colonial opinion would find his
+position quite untenable, so that the colonists exercised a real if
+indirect control over administration. It is true also that they
+accepted the general principles of the commercial system, and had
+reaped great benefits from it.
+
+But it is the unfailing instinct of the citizens in a self-governing
+community to be dissatisfied unless they feel that they have a full and
+equal share in the control of their own destinies. Denied
+responsibility, they are apt to become irresponsible; and when all
+allowance has been made for the stupidities of governors and for the
+mistakes of the home authorities, it must be recognised that the
+thirteen American colonial legislatures often behaved in a very
+irresponsible way, and were extremely difficult to handle. They refused
+to vote fixed salaries to their judges in order to make their power
+felt, simply because the judges were appointed by the Crown, although
+in doing so they were dangerously undermining judicial independence.
+They refused in many cases to supply anything like adequate contingents
+for the war against the French and their Indian allies, partly because
+each legislature was afraid of being more generous than the others,
+partly because they could trust to the home government to make good
+their deficiencies. Yet at the same time they did nothing to check, but
+rather encouraged, the wholesale smuggling by which the trade
+regulations were reduced to a nullity, though these regulations were
+not only accepted in principle by themselves, but afforded the only
+compensation to the mother-country for the cost of colonial defence. It
+is as unscientific to blame the colonists and their legislatures for
+this kind of action, as it is to blame the British statesmen for their
+proposals. It was the almost inevitable result of the conditions among
+a free, prosperous, and extremely self-confident people; it was,
+indeed, the proof that in this young people the greatest political
+ideal of western civilisation, the ideal of self-government, had taken
+firm root. The denial of responsibility was producing irresponsibility;
+and even if the Stamp Act and the Tea Duties had never been proposed,
+this state of things was bound to lead to increasing friction. Nor must
+it be forgotten that this friction was accentuated by the contrast
+between the democratic conditions of colonial life, and the
+aristocratic organisation of English society.
+
+It ought to have been obvious, long before Grenville initiated his new
+policy in 1764, that the colonial system was not working well; and the
+one circumstance which had prevented serious conflict was the danger
+which threatened the colonists in the aggressive attitude of the French
+to the north and west. Since the individual colonies refused to raise
+adequate forces for their own defence, or to co-operate with one
+another in a common scheme, they were dependent for their security upon
+the mother-country. But as soon as the danger was removed, as it was in
+1763, this reason for restraint vanished; and although the great
+majority of the colonists were quite sincerely desirous of retaining
+their membership of the British commonwealth, the conditions would
+inevitably have produced a state of intensifying friction, unless the
+whole colonial system had been drastically reconstructed.
+
+Reconstruction was therefore inevitable in 1764. The Whig policy of
+simply ignoring the issue and 'not reading the dispatches' could no
+longer be pursued; it was indeed largely responsible for the mischief.
+George III. and Grenville deserve the credit of seeing this. But their
+scheme of reconstruction not unnaturally amounted to little more than a
+tightening-up of the old system. The trade laws were to be more
+strictly enforced. The governors and the judges were to be made more
+independent of the assemblies by being given fixed salaries. The
+colonists were to bear a larger share of the cost of defence, which
+fell so unfairly on the mother-country. If the necessary funds could be
+raised by means approved by the colonists themselves, well and good;
+but if not, then they must be raised by the authority of the imperial
+parliament. For the existing system manifestly could not continue
+indefinitely, and it was better to have the issue clearly raised, even
+at the risk of conflict, than to go on merely drifting.
+
+When the colonists (without suggesting any alternative proposals)
+contented themselves with repudiating the right of parliament to tax
+them, and proceeded to outrageous insults to the king's authority, and
+the most open defiance of the trade regulations, indignation grew in
+Britain. It seemed, to the average Englishman, that the colonists
+proposed to leave every public burden, even the cost of judges'
+salaries, on the shoulders of the mother-country, already loaded with a
+debt which had been largely incurred in defence of the colonies; but to
+disregard every obligation imposed upon themselves. A system whereunder
+the colony has all rights and no enforcible duties, the mother-country
+all duties and no enforcible rights, obviously could not work. That was
+the system which, in the view of the gentlemen of England, the
+colonists were bent upon establishing; and, taking this view, they
+cannot be blamed for refusing to accept such a conclusion. There was no
+one, either in Britain or in America, capable of grasping the
+essentials of the problem, which were that, once established,
+self-government inevitably strives after its own fulfilment; that these
+British settlers, in whom the British tradition of self-government had
+been strengthened by the freedom of a new land, would never be content
+until they enjoyed a full share in the control of their own affairs;
+and that although they seemed, even to themselves, to be fighting about
+legal minutiae, about the difference between internal and external
+duties, about the legality of writs of assistance, and so forth, the
+real issue was the deeper one of the fulfilment of self-government.
+Could fully responsible self-government be reconciled with imperial
+unity? Could any means be devised whereby the units in a fellowship of
+free states might retain full control over their own affairs, and at
+the same time effectively combine for common purposes? That was and is
+the ultimate problem of British imperial organisation, as it was and is
+the ultimate problem of international relations. But the problem,
+though it now presented itself in a comparatively simple form, was
+never fairly faced on either side of the Atlantic. For the mother and
+her daughters too quickly reached the point of arguing about their
+legal rights against one another, and when friends begin to argue about
+their legal rights, the breach of their friendship is at hand. So the
+dreary argument, which lasted for eleven years (1764-75), led to the
+still more dreary war, which lasted for seven years (1775-82); and the
+only family of free self-governing communities existing in the world
+was broken up in bitterness. This was indeed a tragedy. For if the
+great partnership of freedom could have been reorganised on conditions
+that would have enabled it to hold together, the cause of liberty in
+the world would have been made infinitely more secure.
+
+The Revolution gave to the Americans the glory of establishing the
+first fully democratic system of government on a national scale that
+had yet existed in the world, and of demonstrating that by the
+machinery of self-government a number of distinct and jealous
+communities could be united for common purposes. The new American
+Commonwealth became an inspiration for eager Liberals in the old world
+as well as in the new, and its successful establishment formed the
+strongest of arguments for the democratic idea in all lands. Unhappily
+the pride of this great achievement helped to persuade the Americans
+that they were different from the rest of the world, and unaffected by
+its fortunes. They were apt to think of themselves as the inventors and
+monopolists of political liberty. Cut off by a vast stretch of ocean
+from the Old World, and having lost that contact with its affairs which
+the relation with Britain had hitherto maintained, they followed but
+dimly, and without much comprehension, the obscure and complex
+struggles wherein the spirit of liberty was working out a new Europe,
+in the face of difficulties vastly greater than any with which the
+Americans had ever had to contend. They had been alienated from
+Britain, the one great free state of Europe, and had been persuaded by
+their reading of their own experience that she was a tyrant-power; and
+they thus found it hard to recognise her for what, with all her faults,
+she genuinely was--the mother of free institutions in the modern world,
+the founder and shaper of their own prized liberties. All these things
+combined to persuade the great new republic that she not only might,
+but ought to, stand aloof from the political problems of the rest of
+the world, and take no interest in its concerns. This attitude, the
+natural product of the conditions, was to last for more than a century,
+and was to weaken greatly the cause of liberty in the world.
+
+Although the most obvious features of the half-century following the
+great British triumph of 1763 were the revolt of the American colonies
+and the apparently universal collapse of the imperialist ambitions of
+the European nations, a more deeply impressive feature of the period
+was that, in spite of the tragedy and humiliation of the great
+disruption, the imperial impetus continued to work potently in Britain,
+alone among the European nations; and to such effect that at the end of
+the period she found herself in control of a new empire more extensive
+than that which she had lost, and far more various in its character.
+Having failed to solve one great imperial problem, she promptly
+addressed herself to a whole series of others even more difficult, and
+for these she was to find more hopeful solutions.
+
+When the American revolt began, the Canadian colonies to the north were
+in an insecure and unorganised state. On the coast, in Nova Scotia and
+Newfoundland, there was a small British population; but the riverine
+colony of Canada proper, with its centre at Quebec, was still purely
+French, and was ruled by martial law. Accustomed to a despotic system,
+and not yet reconciled to the British supremacy, the French settlers
+were obviously unready for self-government. But the Quebec Act of 1774,
+by securing the maintenance of the Roman Catholic religion and of
+French civil law, ensured the loyalty of the French; and this Act is
+also noteworthy as the first formal expression of willingness to admit
+or even welcome the existence, within the hospitable limits of the
+Empire, of a variety of types of civilisation. In the new British
+Empire there was to be no uniformity of Kultur.
+
+The close of the American struggle, however, brought a new problem.
+Many thousands of exiles from the revolting colonies, willing to
+sacrifice everything in order to retain their British citizenship,
+poured over the borders into the Canadian lands. They settled for the
+first time the rich province of Ontario, greatly increased the
+population of Nova Scotia, and started the settlement of New Brunswick.
+To these exiles Britain felt that she owed much, and, despite her own
+financial distress, expended large sums in providing them with the
+means to make a good beginning in their new homes. But it was
+impossible to deny these British settlers, and the emigrants from
+Britain who soon began to join them, the rights of self-government, to
+which they were accustomed. Their advent, however, in a hitherto French
+province, raised the very difficult problem of racial relationship.
+They might have been used as a means for Anglicising the earlier French
+settlers and for forcing them into a British mould; it may fairly be
+said that most European governments would have used them in this way,
+and many of the settlers would willingly have fallen in with such a
+programme. But that would have been out of accord with the genius of
+the British system, which believes in freedom and variety. Accordingly,
+by the Act of 1791, the purely French region of Quebec or Lower Canada
+was separated from the British region of Ontario or Upper Canada, and
+both districts, as well as the coastal settlements, were endowed with
+self-governing institutions of the familiar pattern--an elected
+assembly controlling legislation and taxation, a nominated governor and
+council directing the executive. Thus within eighteen years of their
+conquest the French colonists were introduced to self-government. And
+within nine years of the loss of the American colonies, a new group of
+self-governing American colonies had been organised. They were
+sufficiently content with the system to resist with vigour and success
+an American invasion in 1812. While the American controversy was
+proceeding, one of the greatest of British navigators, Captain Cook,
+was busy with his remarkable explorations. He was the first to survey
+the archipelagoes of the Pacific; more important, he was the real
+discoverer of Australia and New Zealand; for though the Dutch explorers
+had found these lands more than a century earlier, they had never
+troubled to complete their explorations. Thus a vast new field,
+eminently suitable for European settlement, was placed at the disposal
+of Britain. It was utilised with extraordinary promptitude. The loss of
+the American colonies had deprived Britain of her chief dumping-ground
+for convicts. In 1788, six years after the recognition of their
+independence, she decided to use the new continent for this purpose,
+and the penal settlement of Botany Bay began (under unfavourable
+auspices) the colonisation of Australia.
+
+But the most important, and the most amazing, achievement of Britain in
+this period was the establishment and extension of her empire in India,
+and the planting within it of the first great gift of Western
+civilisation, the sovereignty of a just and impartial law. This was a
+novel and a very difficult task, such as no European people had yet
+undertaken; and it is not surprising that there should have been a
+period of bewildered misgovernment before it was achieved. That it
+should have been achieved at all is one of the greatest miracles of
+European imperialism.
+
+By 1763 the East India Company had established a controlling influence
+over the Nawabs of two important regions, Bengal and the Carnatic, and
+had shown, in a series of struggles, that its control was not to be
+shaken off. But the company had not annexed any territory, or assumed
+any responsibility for the government of these rich provinces. Its
+agents in the East, who were too far from London to be effectively
+controlled, enjoyed power without responsibility. They were privileged
+traders, upon whom the native governments dared not impose
+restrictions, and (as any body of average men would have done under
+similar circumstances) they gravely abused their position to build up
+huge fortunes for themselves. During the fifteen years following the
+battle of Plassey (1757) there is no denying that the political power
+of the British in India was a mere curse to the native population, and
+led to the complete disorganisation of the already decrepit native
+system of government in the provinces affected. It was vain for the
+directors at home to scold their servants. There were only two ways out
+of the difficulty. One was that the company should abandon India, which
+was not to be expected. The other was that, possessing power, of which
+it was now impossible to strip themselves, they should assume the
+responsibility for its exercise, and create for their subjects a just
+and efficient system of government. But the company would not see this.
+They had never desired political power, but had drifted into the
+possession of it in spite of themselves. They honestly disliked the
+idea of establishing by force an alien domination over subject peoples,
+and this feeling was yet more strongly held by the most influential
+political circles in England. The company desired nothing but trade.
+Their business was that of traders, and they wanted only to be left
+free to mind their business. So the evils arising from power without
+responsibility continued, and half-hearted attempts to amend them in
+1765 and in 1769 only made the conditions worse. The events of the
+years from 1757 to 1772 showed that when the superior organisation of
+the West came in contact with the East, mere trading exploitation led
+to even worse results than a forcibly imposed dominion; and the only
+solution lay in the wise adaptation of western methods of government to
+eastern conditions.
+
+Thus Britain found herself faced with an imperial problem of apparently
+insuperable difficulty, which reached its most acute stage just at the
+time when the American trouble was at its height. The British
+parliament and government intervened, and in 1773 for the first time
+assumed some responsibility for the affairs of the East India Company.
+But they did not understand the Indian problem--how, indeed, should
+they?--and their first solution was a failure. By a happy fortune,
+however, the East India Company had conferred the governorship of
+Bengal (1772) upon the greatest Englishman of the eighteenth century,
+Warren Hastings. Hastings pensioned off the Nawab, took over direct
+responsibility for the government of Bengal, and organised a system of
+justice which, though far from perfect, established for the first time
+the Reign of Law in an Indian realm. His firm and straightforward
+dealings with the other Indian powers still further strengthened the
+position of the company; and when in the midst of the American war, at
+a moment when no aid could be expected from Britain, a combination of
+the most formidable Indian powers, backed by a French fleet, threatened
+the downfall of the company's authority, Hastings' resourceful and
+inspiring leadership was equal to every emergency. He not only brought
+the company with heightened prestige out of the war, but throughout its
+course no hostile army was ever allowed to cross the frontiers of
+Bengal. In the midst of the unceasing and desolating wars of India, the
+territories under direct British rule formed an island of secure peace
+and of justice. That was Hastings' supreme contribution: it was the
+foundation upon which arose the fabric of the Indian Empire. Hastings
+was not a great conqueror or annexer of territory; the only important
+acquisition made during his regime was effected, in defiance of his
+protests, by the hostile majority which for a time overrode him in his
+own council, and which condemned him for ambition. His work was to make
+the British rule mean security and justice in place of tyranny; and it
+was because it had come to mean this that it grew, after his time, with
+extraordinary rapidity.
+
+It was not by the desire of the directors or the home government that
+it grew. They did everything in their power to check its growth, for
+they shrank from any increase to their responsibilities. They even
+prohibited by law all annexations, or the making of alliances with
+Indian powers.[5] But fate was too strong for them. Even a governor
+like Lord Cornwallis, a convinced supporter of the policy of
+non-expansion and non-intervention, found himself forced into war, and
+compelled to annex territories; because non-intervention was
+interpreted by the Indian powers as a confession of weakness and an
+invitation to attack. Non-intervention also gave openings to the
+French, who, since the outbreak of the Revolution, had revived their
+old Indian ambitions; and while Bonaparte was engaged in the conquest
+of Egypt as a half-way house to India (1797), French agents were busy
+building up a new combination of Indian powers against the company.
+
+
+[5] India Act of 1784
+
+
+This formidable coalition was about to come to a head when, in 1798,
+there landed in India a second man of genius, sent by fate at the
+critical moment. In five years, by an amazing series of swiftly
+successful wars and brilliantly conceived treaties, the Marquess
+Wellesley broke the power of every member of the hostile coalitions,
+except two of the Mahratta princes. The area of British territory was
+quadrupled; the most important of the Indian princes became vassals of
+the company; and the Great Mogul of Delhi himself, powerless now, but
+always a symbol of the over-lordship of India, passed under British
+protection. When Wellesley left India in 1805, the East India Company
+was already the paramount power in India south-east of the Sutlej and
+the Indus. The Mahratta princes, indeed, still retained a restricted
+independence, and for an interval the home authorities declined to
+permit any interference with them, even though they were manifestly
+giving protection to bands of armed raiders who terrorised and
+devastated territories which were under British protection. But the
+time came when the Mahrattas themselves broke the peace. Then their
+power also was broken; and in 1818 Britain stood forth as the sovereign
+ruler of India.
+
+This was only sixty years after the battle of Plassey had established
+British influence, though not British rule, in a single province of
+India; only a little over thirty years after Warren Hastings returned
+to England, leaving behind him an empire still almost limited to that
+single province. There is nothing in history that can be compared with
+the swiftness of this achievement, which is all the more remarkable
+when we remember that almost every step in the advance was taken with
+extreme unwillingness. But the most impressive thing about this
+astounding fabric of power, which extended over an area equal to half
+of Europe and inhabited by perhaps one-sixth of the human race, was not
+the swiftness with which it was created, but the results which flowed
+from it. It had begun in corruption and oppression, but it had grown
+because it had come to stand for justice, order, and peace. In 1818 it
+could already be claimed for the British rule in India that it had
+brought to the numerous and conflicting races, religions, and castes of
+that vast and ancient land, three boons of the highest value: political
+unity such as they had never known before; security from the hitherto
+unceasing ravages of internal turbulence and war; and, above all, the
+supreme gift which the West had to offer to the East, the substitution
+of an unvarying Reign of Law for the capricious wills of innumerable
+and shifting despots. This is an achievement unexampled in history, and
+it alone justified the imposition of the rule of the West over the
+East, which had at first seemed to produce nothing but evil. It took
+place during the age of Revolution, when the external empires of Europe
+were on all sides falling into ruin; and it passed at the time almost
+unregarded, because it was overshadowed by the drama of the
+Revolutionary and Napoleonic Wars.
+
+The construction of the Indian Empire would of itself suffice to make
+an age memorable, but it does not end the catalogue of the achievements
+of British imperialism in this tremendous period. As a result of the
+participation of Holland in the war on the side of France, the Dutch
+colony at the Cape of Good Hope was occupied by Britain. It was first
+occupied in 1798, restored for a brief period in 1801, reoccupied in
+1806, and finally retained under the treaty settlement of 1815. The
+Cape was, in fact, the most important acquisition secured to Britain by
+that treaty; and it is worth noting that while the other great powers
+who had joined in the final overthrow of Napoleon helped themselves
+without hesitation to immense and valuable territories, Britain, which
+had alone maintained the struggle from beginning to end without
+flagging, actually paid the sum of 2,000,000 pounds to Holland as a
+compensation for this thinly peopled settlement. She retained it mainly
+because of its value as a calling-station on the way to India. But it
+imposed upon her an imperial problem of a very difficult kind. As in
+Canada, she had to deal here with an alien race of European origin and
+proud traditions; but this racial problem was accentuated by the
+further problem of dealing with a preponderant and growing negro
+population. How were justice, peace, liberty, and equality of rights to
+be established in such a field?
+
+It was, then, an astonishing new empire which had grown up round
+Britain during the period when the world was becoming convinced that
+colonial empires were not worth acquiring, because they could not last.
+It was an empire of continents or sub-continents--Canada, Australia,
+India, South Africa--not to speak of innumerable scattered islands and
+trading-posts dotted over all the seas of the world, which had either
+survived from an earlier period, or been acquired in order that they
+might serve as naval bases. It was spread round the whole globe; it
+included almost every variety of soil, products, and climate; it was
+inhabited by peoples of the most varying types; it presented an
+infinite variety of political and racial problems. In 1825 this empire
+was the only extra-European empire of importance still controlled by
+any of the historic imperial powers of Western Europe. And at the
+opening of the nineteenth century, when extra-European empires seemed
+to have gone out of fashion, the greatest of all imperial questions was
+the question whether the political capacity of the British peoples,
+having failed to solve the comparatively simple problem of finding a
+mode of organisation which could hold together communities so closely
+akin as those of America and the parent islands, would be capable of
+achieving any land of effective organisation for this new astounding
+fabric, while at the same time securing to all its members that liberty
+and variety of development which in the case of America had only been
+fully secured at the cost of disruption.
+
+
+
+
+V
+
+EUROPE AND THE NON-EUROPEAN WORLD 1815-1878
+
+
+When the European peoples settled down, in 1815, after the long wars of
+the French Revolution, they found themselves faced by many problems,
+but there were few Europeans who would have included among these
+problems the extension of Western civilisation over the as yet
+unsubjugated portions of the world. Men's hearts were set upon the
+organisation of permanent peace: that seemed the greatest of all
+questions, and, for a time, it appeared to have obtained a satisfactory
+solution with the organisation of the great League of Peace of 1815.
+But the peace was to be short-lived, because it was threatened by the
+emergence of a number of other problems of great complexity. First
+among these stood the problem of nationality: the increasingly
+clamorous demand of divided or subject peoples for unity and freedom.
+Alongside of this arose the sister-problem of liberalism: the demand
+raised from all sides, among peoples who had never known political
+liberty, for the institutions of self-government which had been proved
+practicable by the British peoples, and turned into the object of a
+fervent belief by the preachings of the French. These two causes were
+to plunge Europe into many wars, and to vex and divide the peoples of
+every European country, throughout the period 1815-78. And to add to
+the complexity, there was growing in intensity during all these years
+the problem of Industrialism--the transformation of the very bases of
+life in all civilised communities, and the consequent development of
+wholly new, and terribly difficult, social issues. Preoccupied with all
+these questions, the statesmen and the peoples of most European states
+had no attention to spare for the non-European world. They neglected it
+all the more readily because the events of the preceding period seemed
+to demonstrate that colonial empires were not worth the cost and labour
+necessary for their attainment, since they seemed doomed to fall
+asunder as soon as they began to be valuable.
+
+Yet the period 1815-78 was to see an extension of European civilisation
+in the non-European world more remarkable than that of any previous
+age. The main part in this extension was played by Britain, who found
+herself left free, without serious rivalry in any part of the globe, to
+expand and develop the extraordinary empire which she possessed in
+1815, and to deal with the bewildering problems which it presented. So
+marked was the British predominance in colonial activity during this
+age that it has been called the age of British monopoly, and so far as
+trans-oceanic activities were concerned, this phrase very nearly
+represents the truth. But there were other developments of the period
+almost as remarkable as the growth and reorganisation of the British
+Empire; and it will be convenient to survey these in the first instance
+before turning to the British achievement.
+
+The place of honour, as always in any great story of European
+civilisation, belongs to France. Undeterred by the loss of her earlier
+empire, and unexhausted by the strain of the great ordeal through which
+she had just passed, France began in these years the creation of her
+second colonial empire, which was to be in many ways more splendid than
+the first. Within fifteen years of the fall of Napoleon, the French
+flag was flying in Algiers.
+
+The northern coast of Africa, from the Gulf of Syrtis to the Atlantic,
+which has been in modern times divided into the three districts of
+Tunis, Algeria, and Morocco, forms essentially a single region, whose
+character is determined by the numerous chains of the Atlas Mountains.
+This region, shut off from the rest of Africa not only by the Atlas but
+by the most impassable of all geographical barriers, the great Sahara
+desert, really belongs to Europe rather than to the continent of which
+it forms a part. Its fertile valleys were once the homes of brilliant
+civilisations: they were the seat of the Carthaginian Empire, and at a
+later date they constituted one of the richest and most civilised
+provinces of the Roman Empire. Their civilisation was wrecked by that
+barbarous German tribe, the Vandals, in the fifth century. It received
+only a partial and temporary revival after the Mahomedan conquest at
+the end of the seventh century, and since that date this once happy
+region has gradually lapsed into barbarism. During the modern age it
+was chiefly known as the home of ruthless and destructive pirates,
+whose chief headquarters were at Algiers, and who owned a merely
+nominal allegiance to the Sultan of Turkey. Ever since the time of
+Khair-ed-din Barbarossa, in the early sixteenth century, the powers of
+Europe have striven in vain to keep the Barbary corsairs in check.
+Charles V., Philip II., Louis XIV. attacked them with only temporary
+success: they continued to terrorise the trade of the Mediterranean, to
+seize trading-ships, to pillage the shores of Spain and Italy, and to
+carry off thousands of Christians into a cruel slavery; Robinson
+Crusoe, it may be recalled, was one of their victims. The powers at
+Vienna endeavoured to concert action against them in 1815. They were
+attacked by a British fleet in 1816, and by a combined British and
+French fleet in 1819. But all such temporary measures were
+insufficient. The only cure for the ill was that the headquarters of
+the pirate chiefs should be conquered, and brought under civilised
+government.
+
+This task France was rather reluctantly drawn into undertaking, as the
+result of a series of insults offered by the pirates to the French flag
+between 1827 and 1830. At first the aim of the conquerors was merely to
+occupy and administer the few ports which formed the chief centres of
+piracy. But experience showed that this was futile, since it involved
+endless wars with the unruly clansmen of the interior. Gradually,
+therefore, the whole of Algeria was systematically conquered and
+organised. The process took nearly twenty years, and was not completed
+until 1848. In all the records of European imperialism there has been
+no conquest more completely justified both by the events which led up
+to it and by the results which have followed from it. Peace and Law
+reign throughout a country which had for centuries been given over to
+anarchy. The wild tribesmen are unlearning the habits of disorder, and
+being taught to accept the conditions of a civilised life. The great
+natural resources of the country are being developed as never since the
+days of Roman rule. No praise can be too high for the work of the
+French administrators who have achieved these results. And it is worth
+noting that, alone among the provinces conquered by the European
+peoples, Algeria has been actually incorporated in the mother-country;
+it is part of the French Republic, and its elected representatives sit
+in the French Parliament.
+
+In the nature of things the conquest of Algeria could not stand alone.
+Algeria is separated by merely artificial lines from Tunis on the east
+and Morocco on the west, where the old conditions of anarchy still
+survived; and the establishment of order and peace in the middle area
+of this single natural region was difficult, so long as the areas on
+either side remained in disorder and war. In 1844 France found it
+necessary to make war upon Morocco because of the support which it had
+afforded to a rebellious Algerian chief, and this episode illustrated
+the close connection of the two regions. But the troops were withdrawn
+as soon as the immediate purpose was served. France had not yet begun
+to think of extending her dominion over the areas to the east and west
+of Algeria. That was to be the work of the next period.
+
+Further south in Africa, France retained, as a relic of her older
+empire, a few posts on the coast of West Africa, notably Senegal. From
+these her intrepid explorers and traders began to extend their
+influence, and the dream of a great French empire in Northern Africa
+began to attract French minds. But the realisation of this dream also
+belongs to the next period. In the Far East, too, this was a period of
+beginnings. Ever since 1787--before the Revolution--the French had
+possessed a foothold on the coast of Annam, from which French
+missionaries carried on their labours among the peoples of Indo-China.
+Maltreatment of these missionaries led to a war with Annam in 1858, and
+in 1862 the extreme south of the Annamese Empire--the province of
+Cochin-China--was ceded to France. Lastly, the French obtained a
+foothold in the Pacific, by the annexation of Tahiti and the Marquesas
+Islands in 1842, and of New Caledonia in 1855. But in 1878 the French
+dominions in the non-European world were, apart from Algeria, of slight
+importance. They were quite insignificant in comparison with the
+far-spreading realms of her ancient rival, Britain.
+
+On a much greater scale than the expansion of France was the expansion
+of the already vast Russian Empire during this period. The history of
+Russia in the nineteenth century is made up of a series of alternations
+between a regime of comparative liberalism, when the interest of
+government and people was chiefly turned towards the west, and a regime
+of reaction, when the government endeavoured to pursue what was called
+a 'national' or purely Russian policy, and to exclude all Western
+influences. During these long intervals of reaction, attention was
+turned eastward; and it was in the reactionary periods, mainly, that
+the Russian power was rapidly extended in three directions--over the
+Caucasus, over Central Asia, and in the Far East.
+
+Before this advance, the huge Russian Empire had been (everywhere
+except on the west, in the region of Poland) marked off by very clearly
+defined barriers. The Caucasus presented a formidable obstacle between
+Russia and the Turkish and Persian Empires; the deserts of Central Asia
+separated her from the Moslem peoples of Khiva, Bokhara and Turkestan;
+the huge range of the Altai Mountains and the desert of Gobi cut off
+her thinly peopled province of Eastern Siberia from the Chinese Empire;
+while in the remote East her shores verged upon ice-bound and
+inhospitable seas. Hers was thus an extraordinarily isolated and
+self-contained empire, except on the side of Europe; and even on the
+side of Europe she was more inaccessible than any other state, being
+all but land-locked, and divided from Central Europe by a belt of
+forests and marshes.
+
+The part she had played in the Napoleonic Wars, and in the events which
+followed them, had brought her more fully into contact with Europe than
+she had ever been before. The acquisition of Poland and Finland, which
+she obtained by the treaties of 1815, had increased this contact, for
+both of these states were much influenced by Western ideas. Russia had
+promised that their distinct national existence, and their national
+institutions, should be preserved; and this seemed to suggest that the
+Russian Empire might develop into a partnership of nations of varying
+types, not altogether unlike the form into which the British Empire was
+developing. But this conception had no attraction for the Russian mind,
+or at any rate for the Russian government; and the reactionary or
+pure-Russian school, which strove to exclude all alien influences, was
+inevitably hostile to it. Hence the period of reaction, and of eastward
+conquest, saw also the denial of the promises made in 1815. Poland
+preserved her distinct national organisation, in any full degree, only
+for fifteen years; even in the faintest degree, it was preserved for
+less than fifty years. Finland was allowed a longer grace, but only,
+perhaps, because she was isolated and had but a small population: her
+turn for 'Russification' was to come in due course. The exclusion of
+Western influence, the segregation of Russia from the rest of the
+world, and the repudiation of liberty and of varieties of type thus
+form the main features of the reactionary periods which filled the
+greater part of this age; and the activity of Russia in eastward
+expansion was in part intended to forward this policy, by diverting the
+attention of the Russian people from the west towards the east, and by
+substituting the pride of dominion for the desire for liberty. Hence
+imperialism came to be identified, for the Russian people, with the
+denial of liberty.
+
+But it is a very striking fact that each of the three main lines of
+territorial advance followed by Russia in Asia during this period led
+her to overstep the natural barriers which had made her an isolated and
+self-dependent empire, brought her into relation with other
+civilisations, and compelled her to play her part as one of the factors
+in world-politics.
+
+Russia had begun the conquest of the wild Caucasus region as early as
+1802; after a long series of wars, she completed it by the acquisition
+of the region of Kars in 1878. The mastery of the Caucasus brought her
+into immediate relation with the Armenian province of the Turkish
+Empire, which she henceforward threatened from the east as well as from
+the west. It brought her into contact also with the Persian Empire,
+over whose policy, from 1835 onwards, she wielded a growing influence,
+to the perturbation of Britain. And besides bringing her into far
+closer relations with the two greatest Mahomedan powers, it gave her a
+considerable number of Mahomedan subjects, since some of the Caucasus
+tribes belonged to that faith.
+
+Again, the conquest of Central Asia led her to overstep the barrier of
+the Kirghiz deserts. The wandering Kirghiz and Turkoman tribes of this
+barren region lived largely upon the pillage of caravans, and upon
+raids into neighbouring countries; they disposed of their spoil (which
+often included Russian captives) mainly in the bazars of Bokhara,
+Khiva, Samarkand and Khokand--Mahomedan Khanates which occupied the
+more fertile areas in the southern and south-eastern part of the desert
+region. The attempt to control the Turkoman raiders brought Russia into
+conflict with these outposts of Islam. Almost the whole of this region
+was conquered in a long series of campaigns between 1848 and 1876.
+These conquests (which covered an area 1200 miles from east to west and
+600 miles from north to south) made Russia a great Mahomedan power.
+They also brought her into direct contact with Afghanistan. Russian
+agents were at work in Afghanistan from 1838 onwards. The shadow of her
+vast power, looming over Persia and the Persian Gulf on the one hand,
+and over the mountain frontiers of India on the other, naturally
+appeared highly menacing to Britain. It was the direct cause of the
+advance of the British power from the Indus over North-Western India,
+until it could rest upon the natural frontier of the mountains--an
+advance which took place mainly during the years 1839-49. And it formed
+the chief source of the undying suspicion of Russia which was the
+dominant note of British foreign policy throughout the period.
+
+Another feature of these conquests was that, taken in conjunction with
+the French conquest of Algeria and the British conquest of India, they
+constituted the first serious impact of European civilisation upon the
+vast realm of Islam. Until now the regions of the Middle East which had
+been subjugated by the followers of Mahomed had repelled every attack
+of the West. More definite in its creed, and more exacting in its
+demands upon the allegiance of its adherents, than any other religion,
+Mahomedanism had for more than a thousand years been able to resist
+with extraordinary success the influence of other civilisations; and it
+had been, from the time of the Crusades onwards, the most formidable
+opponent of the civilisation of the West. Under the rule of the Turk
+the Mahomedan world had become stagnant and sterile, and it had shut
+out not merely the direct control of the West (which would have been
+legitimate enough), but the influence of Western ideas. All the
+innumerable schemes of reform which were based upon the retention of
+the old regime in the Turkish Empire have hopelessly broken down; and
+the only chance for an awakening in these lands of ancient civilisation
+seemed to depend upon the breakdown of the old system under the impact
+of Western imperialism or insurgent nationalism. It has only been
+during the nineteenth century, as a result of Russian, French, and
+British imperialism, that the resisting power of Islam has begun to
+give way to the influence of Europe.
+
+The third line of Russian advance was on the Pacific coast, where in
+the years 1858 and 1860 Russia obtained from China the Amur province,
+with the valuable harbour of Vladivostok. It was an almost empty land,
+but its acquisition made Russia a Pacific power, and brought her into
+very close neighbourhood with China, into whose reserved markets, at
+the same period, the maritime powers of the West were forcing an
+entrance. At the same time Russian relations with Japan, which were to
+have such pregnant consequences, were beginning: in 1875 the Japanese
+were forced to cede the southern half of the island of Sakhalin, and
+perhaps we may date from this year the suspicion of Russia which
+dominated Japanese policy for a long time to come.
+
+Thus, while in Europe Russia was trying to shut herself off from
+contact with the world, her advances in Asia had brought her at three
+points into the full stream of world-politics. Her vast empire, though
+for the most part very thinly peopled, formed beyond all comparison the
+greatest continuous area ever brought under a single rule, since it
+amounted to between eight and nine million square miles; and when the
+next age, the age of rivalry for world-power, began, this colossal
+fabric of power haunted and dominated the imaginations of men.
+
+A demonstration of the growing power of Western civilisation, even more
+impressive than the expansion of the Russian Empire, was afforded
+during these years by the opening to Western influence of the ancient,
+pot-bound empires of the Far East, China and Japan. The opening of
+China began with the Anglo-Chinese War of 1840, which led to the
+acquisition of Hong-Kong and the opening of a group of treaty ports to
+European trade. It was carried further by the combined Franco-British
+war of 1857-58, which was ended by a treaty permitting the free access
+of European travellers, traders, and missionaries to the interior, and
+providing for the permanent residence of ambassadors of the signatory
+powers at the court of Pekin. All the European states rushed to share
+these privileges, and the Westernising of China had begun. It did not
+take place rapidly or completely, and it was accompanied by grave
+disturbances, notably the Taiping rebellion, which was only suppressed
+by the aid of the British General Gordon, in command of a Chinese army.
+But though the process was slow, it was fully at work by 1878. The
+external trade of China, nearly all in European hands, had assumed
+great proportions. The missionaries and schoolmasters of Europe and
+America were busily at work in the most populous provinces. Shanghai
+had become a European city, and one of the great trade-centres of the
+world. In a lame and incompetent way the Chinese government was
+attempting to organise its army on the European model, and to create a
+navy after the European style. Steamboats were plying on the
+Yang-tse-kiang, and the first few miles of railway were open. Chinese
+students were beginning to resort to the universities and schools of
+the West; and although the conservatism of the Chinese mind was very
+slow to make the plunge, it was already plain that this vast hive of
+patient, clever, and industrious men was bound to enter the orbit of
+Western civilisation.
+
+Meanwhile, after a longer and stiffer resistance, Japan had made up her
+mind to a great change with amazing suddenness and completeness. There
+had been some preliminary relations with the Western peoples, beginning
+with the visits of the American Commodore Perry in 1853 and 1854, and a
+few ports had been opened to European trade. But then came a sudden,
+violent reaction (1862). The British embassy was attacked; a number of
+British subjects were murdered; a mixed fleet of British, French,
+Dutch, and American ships proved the power of Western arms, and Japan
+began to awaken to the necessity of adopting, in self-defence, the
+methods of these intrusive foreigners. The story of the internal
+revolution in Japan, which began in 1866, cannot be told here; enough
+that it led to the most astounding change in history. Emerging from her
+age-long isolation and from her contentment with her ancient,
+unchanging modes of life, Japan realised that the future lay with the
+restless and progressive civilisation of the West; and with a national
+resolve to which there is no sort of parallel or analogy in history,
+decided that she must not wait to be brought under subjection, but must
+adopt the new methods and ideas for herself, if possible without
+shedding too much of her ancient traditions. By a deliberate exercise
+of the will and an extraordinary effort of organisation, she became
+industrial without ceasing to be artistic; she adopted parliamentary
+institutions without abandoning her religious veneration for the person
+of the Mikado; she borrowed the military methods of the West without
+losing the chivalrous and fatalist devotion of her warrior-caste; and
+devised a Western educational system without disturbing the deep
+orientalism of her mind. It was a transformation almost terrifying, and
+to any Western quite bewildering, in its deliberation, rapidity, and
+completeness. Europe long remained unconvinced of its reality. But in
+1878 the work was, in its essentials, already achieved, and the one
+state of non-European origin which has been able calmly to choose what
+she would accept and what she would reject among the systems and
+methods of the West, stood ready to play an equal part with the
+European nations in the later stages of the long imperial struggle.
+
+One last sphere of activity remains to be surveyed before we turn to
+consider the development of the new British Empire: the expansion of
+the independent states which had arisen on the ruins of the first
+colonial empires in the New World. Of the Spanish and Portuguese states
+of Central and South America it is not necessary to say much. They had
+established their independence between 1815 and 1825. But the unhappy
+traditions of the long Spanish ascendancy had rendered them incapable
+of using freedom well, and Central and South America became the scene
+of ceaseless and futile revolutions. The influence of the American
+Monroe Doctrine forbade, perhaps fortunately, the intervention of any
+of the European states to put an end to this confusion, and America
+herself made no serious attempt to restrain it. It was not until the
+later years of our period that any large stream of immigration began to
+flow into these lands from other European countries than Spain and
+Portugal, and that their vast natural resources began to be developed
+by the energy and capital of Europe. But by 1878 the more fertile of
+these states, Argentina, Brazil, and Chili, were being enriched by
+these means, were becoming highly important elements in the
+trade-system of the world, and were consequently beginning to achieve a
+more stable and settled civilisation. In some regards this work (though
+it belongs mainly to the period after 1878) constitutes one of the
+happiest results of the extra-European activities of the European
+peoples during the nineteenth century. It was carried on, in the main,
+not by governments or under government encouragement, but by the
+private enterprises of merchants and capitalists; and while a very
+large part in these enterprises was played by British and American
+traders and settlers, one of the most notable features of the growth of
+South America was that it gave play to some of the European peoples,
+notably the Germans and the Italians, whose part in the political
+division of the world was relatively small.
+
+Far more impressive was the almost miraculous expansion which came to
+the United States during this period. When the United States started
+upon their career as an independent nation in 1782, their territory was
+limited to the lands east of the Mississippi, excluding Florida, which
+was still retained by Spain. Only the eastern margin of this area was
+at all fully settled; and the population numbered at most 2,000,000,
+predominantly of British blood. In 1803, by a treaty with Napoleon, the
+French colony of Louisiana, with vast and ill-defined claims to the
+territory west of the Mississippi, was purchased from France. Meanwhile
+the stream of immigrants from the eastern states, and in a less degree
+from Europe, was pouring over the Alleghany Mountains and occupying the
+great central plain; and by 1815 the population had risen to almost
+9,000,000, still mainly of British stock, though it also included
+substantial French and German elements, as well as large numbers of
+negro slaves. In 1819 Florida was acquired by purchase from Spain. In
+1845-48 a revolution in Texas (then part of Mexico), followed by two
+Mexican wars, led to the annexation of a vast area extending from the
+Gulf of Mexico to the Pacific coast, including the paradise of
+California; while treaties with Britain in 1818 and 1846 determined the
+northern boundary of the States, and secured their control over the
+regions of Washington and Oregon.
+
+Thus the imperialist spirit was working as irresistibly in the
+democratic communities of the New World as in the monarchies of Europe.
+Not content with the possession of vast and almost unpeopled areas,
+they had spread their dominion from ocean to ocean, and built up an
+empire less extensive indeed than that of Russia, but even more
+compact, far richer in resources, and far better suited to be the home
+of a highly civilised people. Into this enormous area there began to
+pour a mighty flood of immigration from Europe, as soon as the
+Napoleonic wars were over. By 1878 the population of the States had
+risen to about 50,000,000, and was greater than that of any European
+state save Russia. A new world-state of the first rank had arisen. It
+was made up of contributions from all the European peoples. Those of
+British stock, especially the Irish, still predominated throughout this
+period, but the Germans and the Scandinavians were becoming
+increasingly numerous, and the Italians, Greeks, Poles, Czechs, Russian
+Jews, and other stocks were beginning to form very substantial
+elements. It was a melting-pot of races, which had to be somehow welded
+into a nation by the moulding-power of the traditions implanted by the
+earlier British settlers. It may fairly be said that no community has
+ever had imposed upon it a more difficult task than the task imposed by
+Fate upon the American people of creating a national unity out of this
+heterogeneous material. The great experiment was, during this period,
+singularly successful. The strength of the national sentiment and of
+the tradition of freedom was very powerfully exhibited in the strain of
+the great Civil War (1861-65) which maintained at a great cost the
+threatened unity of the republic, and brought about the emancipation of
+the negro slaves. And the Civil War produced in Abraham Lincoln a
+national hero, and an exponent of the national character and ideals,
+worthy to be set beside Washington. The America of Lincoln manifestly
+stood for Liberty and Justice, the fundamental ideals of Western
+civilisation.
+
+But in this great moulding tradition of freedom there was one dubious
+and narrowing element. Accustomed to regard herself as having achieved
+liberty by shaking off her connection with the Old World, America was
+tempted to think of this liberty as something peculiar to herself,
+something which the 'effete monarchies' of the Old World did not, and
+could not, fully understand or share, something which exempted her from
+responsibility for the non-American world, and from the duty of aiding
+and defending liberty beyond her own limits. In the abounding
+prosperity of this fortunate land, liberty was apt to be too readily
+identified merely with the opportunity of securing material prosperity,
+and the love of liberty was apt to become, what indeed it too often is
+everywhere, a purely self-regarding emotion. The distance of the
+republic from Europe and its controversies, its economic
+self-sufficiency, its apparent security against all attack, fostered
+and strengthened this feeling. While the peoples of the Old World
+strove with agony and travail towards freedom and justice, or wrestled
+with the task of sharing their own civilisation with the backward races
+of the globe, the echo of their strivings penetrated but faintly into
+the mind of America, like the noises of the street dimly heard through
+the shuttered windows of a warmed and lighted room. To the citizens of
+the Middle West and the Far West, especially, busy as they were with
+the development of vast untapped resources, the affairs of the outer
+world necessarily appeared remote and insignificant. Even their
+newspapers told them little about these far-off events. Naturally it
+appeared that the function of the republic in the progress of the world
+was to till its own garden, and to afford a haven of refuge to the
+oppressed and impoverished who poured in from all lands; and this idea
+was strengthened by the great number of immigrants who were driven to
+the New World by the failure of the successive European revolutions of
+the nineteenth century, and by the oppressive tyranny of the Habsburg
+monarchy and the Russian despots.
+
+This attitude of aloofness from, and contempt, or, at the best,
+indifference, to the Old World was further encouraged by the
+traditional treatment of American history. The outstanding event of
+that story was, of course, the breach with Britain, with which the
+independent existence of the Republic began, and which constituted also
+almost its only direct contact with the politics of the Old World. The
+view of this conflict which was driven into the national mind by the
+school-books, by the annual celebrations of the Fourth of July, and by
+incessant newspaper writing, represented the great quarrel not as a
+dispute in a family of free communities, in which a new and very
+difficult problem was raised, and in which there were faults on both
+sides, but as one in which all the right was on one side, as a heroic
+resistance of free men against malevolent tyranny. This view has been
+profoundly modified by the work of American historians, whose
+researches during the last generation have transformed the treatment of
+the American Revolution. To-day the old one-sided view finds
+expression, in books of serious pretensions, only in England; and it is
+to American scholars that we must have recourse for a more scientific
+and impartial treatment. But the new and saner view has scarcely yet
+made its way into the school-books and the newspapers. If Britain, the
+mother of political liberty in the modern world, the land from which
+these freemen had inherited their own liberties and the spirit which
+made them insist upon their enlargement, was made to appear a tyrant
+power, how could it be expected that the mass of Americans, unversed in
+world-politics, should follow with sympathy the progress of liberty
+beyond the limits of their own republic? It was in the light of this
+traditional attitude that the bulk of Americans regarded not only the
+wars and controversies of Europe, but the vast process of European
+expansion. All these things did not appear to concern them; they seemed
+to be caused by motives and ideas which the great republic had
+outgrown, though, as we have already seen, and shall see again, the
+republic had by no means outgrown them. The strength of this
+traditional attitude, fostered as it was by every circumstance,
+naturally made the bulk of the American people slow to realise, when
+the great challenge of Germany was forced upon the world, that the
+problems of world-politics were as vitally important for them as for
+all other peoples, and that no free nation could afford to be
+indifferent to the fate of liberty upon the earth.
+
+At one moment, indeed, almost at the beginning of the period, it
+appeared as if this narrow outlook was about to be abandoned. The
+League of Peace of the great European powers of 1815[6] had, by 1822,
+developed into a league of despots for the suppression of revolutionary
+tendencies. They had intervened to crush revolutionary outbreaks in
+Naples and Piedmont; they had authorised France to enter Spain in order
+to destroy the democratic system which had been set up in that country
+in 1820. Britain alone protested against these interventions, claiming
+that every state ought to be left free to fix its own form of
+government; and in 1822 Canning had practically withdrawn from the
+League of Peace, because it was being turned into an engine of
+oppression. It was notorious that, Spain once subjugated, the monarchs
+desired to go on to the reconquest of the revolting Spanish colonies in
+South America. Britain could not undertake a war on the Continent
+against all the Continental powers combined, but she could prevent
+their intervention in America, and Canning made it plain that the
+British fleet would forbid any such action. To strengthen his hands, he
+suggested to the American ambassador that the United States might take
+common action in this sense. The result was the famous message of
+President Monroe to Congress in December 1823, which declared that the
+United States accepted the doctrine of non-intervention, and that they
+would resist any attempt on the part of the European monarchs to
+establish their reactionary system in the New World.
+
+
+[6] See "Nationalism and Internationalism," p. 155 ff.
+
+
+In effect this was a declaration of support for Britain. It was so
+regarded by Monroe's most influential adviser, Thomas Jefferson. 'Great
+Britain,' he wrote, 'is the nation which can do us the most harm of any
+one, or all, on earth, and with her on our side we need not fear the
+whole world. With her, then, we should the most sedulously cherish a
+cordial friendship; and nothing would tend more to knit our affection
+than to be fighting once more side by side hi the same cause.' To be
+fighting side by side with Britain in the same cause--the cause of the
+secure establishment of freedom in the world--this seemed to the
+Democrat Jefferson an object worth aiming at; and the promise of this
+seemed to be the main recommendation of the Monroe Doctrine. It was
+intended as an alliance for the defence of freedom, not as a
+proclamation of aloofness; and thus America seemed to be taking her
+natural place as one of the powers concerned to strengthen law and
+liberty, not only within her own borders, but throughout the world.
+
+The Monroe Doctrine was rapidly accepted as expressing the fundamental
+principle of American foreign policy. But under the influence of the
+powerful tradition which we have attempted to analyse, its significance
+was gradually changed; and instead of being interpreted as a
+proclamation that the great republic could not be indifferent to the
+fate of liberty, and would co-operate to defend it from attack in all
+cases where such co-operation was reasonably practicable, it came to be
+interpreted by average public opinion as meaning that America had no
+concern with the politics of the Old World, and that the states of the
+Old World must not be allowed to meddle in any of the affairs of either
+American continent. The world of civilisation was to be divided into
+water-tight compartments; as if it were not indissolubly one. Yet even
+in this rather narrow form, the Monroe doctrine has on the whole been
+productive of good; it has helped to save South America from becoming
+one of the fields of rivalry of the European powers.
+
+But it may be doubted whether the mere enunciation of the doctrine,
+even in this precise and definite form, has of itself been sufficient
+to secure this end. There is good reason to believe that the doctrine
+would not have been safe from challenge if it had not been safeguarded
+by the supremacy of the British Fleet. For throughout the last
+half-century all the world has known that any defiance of this
+doctrine, and any attack upon America, would bring Britain into the
+field. During all this period one of the factors of world-politics has
+been the existence of an informal and one-sided alliance between
+Britain and America. The alliance has been informal, because it has not
+rested upon any treaty or even upon any definite understanding. It has
+been one-sided, because while average opinion in America has been
+distrustful of Britain, has been apt to put unfavourable constructions
+upon British policy, and has generally failed to appreciate the value
+and significance of the work which Britain has done in the outer world,
+Britain, on the other hand, has always known that America stood for
+justice and freedom; and therefore, however difficult the relations
+between the two powers might occasionally become, Britain has
+steadfastly refused to consider the possibility of a breach with
+America, and with rare exceptions has steadily given her support to
+American policy. The action of the British squadron off the Philippines
+in 1898, in quietly interposing itself between the threatening German
+guns and the American Fleet, has, in fact, been broadly typical of the
+British attitude. This factor has not only helped to preserve the
+Monroe Doctrine from challenge, it has indirectly contributed to deepen
+the American conviction that it was possible, even in the changed
+conditions of the modern world, to maintain a complete isolation from
+the political controversies of the powers.
+
+During the period 1815-1878, then, while the greater part of Europe was
+still indifferent to extra-European affairs, America had developed into
+a vast state wherein freedom and law were enthroned, a huge melting-pot
+wherein diverse peoples were being gradually unified and turned into a
+new nation under the moulding power of a great tradition of liberty.
+But her geographical position, and certain elements in her tradition,
+had hitherto led her to abstain from, and even to repudiate, that great
+part in the shaping of the common destinies of civilisation to which
+she was manifestly called by her wealth, her numbers, her freedom, and
+her share in the traditions of all the European peoples. In the nature
+of things, whatever some Americans might think, this voluntary
+isolation could not continue for ever. It was to be brought to an end
+by the fevered developments of the next era, and by the great challenge
+to the liberties of the world in which it culminated.
+
+
+
+
+VI
+
+THE TRANSFORMATION OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE, 1815-1878
+
+
+Mighty as had been the achievements of other lands which have been
+surveyed in the last section, the main part in the expansion of
+European civilisation over the world during the first three-quarters of
+the nineteenth century was played by Britain. For she was engaged in
+opening out new continents and sub-continents; and she was giving an
+altogether new significance to the word 'Empire.' Above all, she was
+half-blindly laying the foundations of a system whereby freedom and the
+enriching sense of national unity might be realised at once in the new
+and vacant lands of the earth, and among its oldest civilised peoples;
+she was feeling her way towards a mode of linking diverse and free
+states in a common brotherhood of peace and mutual respect. There is no
+section of the history of European imperialism more interesting than
+the story of the growth and organisation of the heterogeneous and
+disparate empire with which Britain entered upon the new age.
+
+This development appeared, on the surface, to be quite haphazard, and
+to be governed by no clearly grasped theories or policy. It is indeed
+true that at all times British policy has not been governed by theory,
+but by the moulding force of a tradition of ordered freedom. The period
+produced in Britain no imperialist statesman of the first rank, nor did
+imperial questions play a leading part in the deliberations of
+parliament. In fact, the growth of the British Empire and its
+organisation were alike spontaneous and unsystematic; their only guide
+(but it proved to be a good guide) was the spirit of self-government,
+existing in every scattered section of the people; and the part played
+by the colonists themselves, and by the administrative officers in
+India and elsewhere, was throughout more important than the part played
+by colonial secretaries, East Indian directors, parliamentarians and
+publicists at home. For that reason the story is not easily handled in
+a broad and simple way.
+
+Enjoying almost a monopoly of oversea activity, Britain was free, in
+most parts of the world, to expand her dominions as she thought fit.
+Her statesmen, however, were far from desiring further expansion: they
+rightly felt that the responsibilities already assumed were great
+enough to tax the resources of any state, however rich and populous.
+But, try as they would, they could not prevent the inevitable process
+of expansion. Several causes contributed to produce this result.
+Perhaps the most important was the unexampled growth of British trade,
+which during these years dominated the whole world; and the flag is apt
+to follow trade. A second cause was the pressure of economic distress
+and the extraordinarily rapid increase of population at home, leading
+to wholesale emigration; in the early years of the century an
+extravagantly severe penal code, which inflicted the penalty of death,
+commonly commuted into transportation, for an incredible number of
+offences, gave an artificial impetus to this movement. The restless and
+adventurous spirit of the settlers in huge and unexplored new countries
+contributed another motive for expansion. And in some cases, notably in
+India, political necessity seemed to demand annexations. Over a
+movement thus stimulated, the home authorities found themselves, with
+the best will in the world, unable to exercise any effective restraint;
+and the already colossal British Empire continued to grow. It is no
+doubt to be regretted that other European nations were not able during
+this period to take part in the development of the non-European world
+in a more direct way than by sending emigrants to America or the
+British lands. But it is quite certain that the growth of British
+territory is not to be attributed in any degree to the deliberate
+policy, or to the greed, of the home government, which did everything
+in its power to check it.
+
+In India the Russian menace seemed to necessitate the adoption of a
+policy towards the independent states of the North-West which brought
+an extension of the frontier, between 1839 and 1849, to the great
+mountain ranges which form the natural boundary of India in this
+direction; while a succession of intolerable and quite unprovoked
+aggressions by the Burmese led to a series of wars which resulted in
+the annexation of very great territories in the east and north-east:
+Assam, Aracan, and Tenasserim hi 1825; Pegu and Rangoon in 1853;
+finally, in 1885-86, the whole remainder of the Burmese Empire. In
+North America settlers found their way across the Rocky Mountains or
+over the Isthmus of Panama into the region of British Columbia, which
+was given a distinct colonial organisation in 1858; and the
+colonisation of the Red River Settlement, 1811-18, which became hi 1870
+the province of Manitoba, began the development of the great central
+plain. In South Africa frontier wars with the Kaffirs, and the restless
+movements of Boer trekkers, brought about an expansion of the limits of
+Cape Colony, the annexation of Natal, and the temporary annexation of
+the Orange River Settlement and the Transvaal; but all these additions
+were most reluctantly accepted; the Orange River Settlement and the
+Transvaal soon had their independence restored, though the former, at
+any rate, accepted it unwillingly. In Australia, drafts of new settlers
+planting themselves at new points led to the organisation of six
+distinct colonies between 1825 and 1859; and this implied the definite
+annexation of the whole continent. New Zealand was annexed in 1839, but
+only because British traders had already established themselves in the
+islands, were in unhappy relations with the natives, and had to be
+brought under control.
+
+But it was not the territorial expansion of the British Empire which
+gave significance to this period in its history, but, in a far higher
+degree, the new principles of government which were developed during
+its course. The new colonial policy which gradually shaped itself
+during this age was so complete a departure from every precedent of the
+past, and represented so remarkable an experiment in imperial
+government, that its sources deserve a careful analysis. It was brought
+into being by a number of distinct factors and currents of opinion
+which were at work both in Britain and in the colonies.
+
+In the first place, there existed in Britain, as in other European
+countries, a large body of opinion which held that all colonies were
+sure to demand and obtain their independence as soon as they became
+strong enough to desire it; that as independent states they could be
+quite as profitable to the mother-country as they could ever be while
+they remained attached to her, more especially if the parting took
+place without bitterness; and that the wisest policy for Britain to
+pursue was therefore to facilitate their development, to place no
+barrier in the way of the increase of their self-government, and to
+enable them at the earliest moment to start as free nations on their
+own account. This was not, indeed, the universal, nor perhaps even the
+preponderant, attitude in regard to the colonies in the middle of the
+nineteenth century. But it was pretty common. It appeared in the most
+unexpected quarters, as when Disraeli said that the colonies were
+'millstones about our necks,' or as when The Times advocated in a
+leading article the cession of Canada to the United States, on the
+ground that annexation to the great Republic was the inevitable destiny
+of that colony, and that it was much better that it should be carried
+out in a peaceable and friendly way than after a conflict. It is
+difficult to-day to realise that men could ever have entertained such
+opinions. But they were widely held; and it must at least be obvious
+that the prevalence of these views is quite inconsistent with the idea
+that Britain was deliberately following a policy of expansion and
+annexation in this age. Men who held these opinions (and they were to
+be found in every party) regarded with resentment and alarm every
+addition to what seemed to them the useless burdens assumed by the
+nation, and required to be satisfied that every new annexation of
+territory was not merely justifiable, but inevitable.
+
+A second factor which contributed to the change of attitude towards the
+colonies was the growing influence of a new school of economic thought,
+the school of Adam Smith, Ricardo, and Malthus. Their ideas had begun
+to affect national policy as early as the twenties, when Huskisson took
+the first steps on the way to free trade. In the thirties the bulk of
+the trading and industrial classes had become converts to these ideas,
+which won their definite victories in the budgets of Sir Robert Peel,
+1843-46, and in those of his disciple Gladstone. The essence of this
+doctrine, as it affected colonial policy, was that the regulation of
+trade by government, which had been the main object of the old colonial
+policy, brought no advantages, but only checked its free development.
+And for a country in the position which Britain then occupied, this was
+undeniably true; so overwhelming was her preponderance in world-trade
+that every current seemed to set in her direction, and the removal of
+artificial barriers, originally designed to train the current towards
+her shores, allowed it to follow its natural course. The only
+considerable opposition to this body of economic doctrine came from
+those who desired to protect British agriculture; but this motive had
+(at this period) no bearing upon colonial trade. The triumph of the
+doctrine of free trade meant that the principal motive which had
+earlier led to restrictions upon the self-government of the
+colonies--the desire to secure commercial advantages for the
+mother-country--was no longer operative. The central idea of the old
+colonial system was destroyed by the disciples of Adam Smith; and there
+no longer remained any apparent reason why the mother-country should
+desire to control the fiscal policy of the colonies. An even more
+important result of the adoption of this new economic doctrine was that
+it destroyed every motive which would lead the British government to
+endeavour to secure for British traders a monopoly of the traffic with
+British possessions. Henceforth all territories administered under the
+direct control of the home government were thrown open as freely to the
+merchants of other countries as to those of Britain herself. The part
+which Britain now undertook in the undeveloped regions of her empire
+(except in so far as they were controlled by fully self-governing
+colonies) was simply that of maintaining peace and law; and in these
+regions she adopted an attitude which may fairly be described as the
+attitude, not of a monopolist, but of a trustee for civilisation. It
+was this policy which explains the small degree of jealousy with which
+the rapid expansion of her territory was regarded by the rest of the
+civilised world. If the same policy had been followed, not necessarily
+at home, but in their colonial possessions, by all the colonising
+powers, the motives for colonial rivalry would have been materially
+diminished, and the claims of various states to colonial territories,
+when the period of rivalry began, would have been far more easily
+adjusted.
+
+These were negative forces, leading merely to the abandonment of the
+older colonial theories. But there were also positive and constructive
+forces at work. First among them may be noted a new body of definite
+theory as to the function which colonies ought to play in the general
+economy of the civilised world. It was held to be their function not
+(as in the older theory) to afford lucrative opportunities for trade to
+the mother-country: so far as trade was concerned it seemed to matter
+little whether a country was a colony or an independent state. But the
+main object of colonisation was, on this view, the systematic
+draining-off of the surplus population of the older lands. This, it was
+felt, could not safely be left to the operation of mere chance; and one
+of the great advantages of colonial possessions was that they enabled
+the country which controlled them to deal in a scientific way with its
+surplus population, and to prevent the reproduction of unhealthy
+conditions in the new communities, which was apt to result if emigrants
+were allowed to drift aimlessly wheresoever chance took them, and
+received no guidance as to the proper modes of establishing themselves
+in their new homes. The great apostle of this body of colonial theory
+was Edward Gibbon Wakefield; and his book, A View of the Art of
+Colonisation (1847), deserves to be noted as one of the classics of the
+history of imperialism. He did not confine himself to theory, but was
+tireless in organising practical experiments. They were carried out, in
+a curious revival of the methods of the seventeenth century, by means
+of a series of colonising companies which Wakefield promoted. The
+settlement of South Australia, the first considerable settlement in the
+North Island of New Zealand, and the two admirably designed and
+executed settlements of Canterbury and Otago in the South Island of New
+Zealand, were all examples of his methods: with the exception of the
+North Island settlement, they were all very successful. Nor were these
+the only instances of organised and assisted emigration. In 1820 a
+substantial settlement, financed by government, was made in the eastern
+part of Cape Colony, in the region of Grahamstown and Port Elizabeth,
+and this brought the first considerable body of British inhabitants
+into South Africa, hitherto almost exclusively Dutch. An unsuccessful
+plantation at Swan River in West Australia may also be noted.
+Systematic and scientific colonisation was thus being studied in
+Britain during this period as never before. In the view of its
+advocates Britain was the trustee of civilisation for the
+administration of the most valuable unpeopled regions of the earth, and
+it was her duty to see that they were skilfully utilised. So high a
+degree of success attended some of their efforts that it is impossible
+not to regret that they were not carried further. But they depended
+upon Crown control of undeveloped lands. With the growth of full
+self-government in the colonies the exercise of these Crown functions
+was transferred from the ministry and parliament of Britain to the
+ministries and parliaments of the colonies; and this transference put
+an end to the possibility of a centralised organisation and direction
+of emigration.
+
+A second constructive factor very potently at work during this age was
+the humanitarian spirit, which had become a powerful factor in British
+life during the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. It had
+received perhaps its most practical expression in the abolition of the
+slave-trade in 1806, and the campaign against the slave-trade in the
+rest of the world became an important object of British policy from
+that time onwards. Having abolished the slave-trade, the humanitarians
+proceeded to advocate the complete abolition of negro slavery
+throughout the British Empire. They won their victory in 1833, when the
+British parliament declared slavery illegal throughout the Empire, and
+voted 20,000,000 pounds--at a time when British finance was still
+suffering from the burdens of the Napoleonic War--to purchase from
+their masters the freedom of all the slaves then existing in the
+Empire. It was a noble deed, but it was perhaps carried out a little
+too suddenly, and it led to grave difficulties, especially in the West
+Indies, whose prosperity was seriously impaired, and in South Africa,
+where it brought about acute friction with the slave-owning Boer
+farmers. But it gave evidence of the adoption of a new attitude towards
+the backward races, hitherto mercilessly exploited by all the
+imperialist powers. One expression of this attitude had already been
+afforded by the organisation (1787) of the colony of Sierra Leone, on
+the West African coast, as a place of refuge for freed slaves desiring
+to return to the land of their fathers.
+
+It was principally through the activity of missionaries that this new
+point of view was expressed and cultivated. Organised missionary
+activity in Britain dates from the end of the eighteenth century, but
+its range grew with extraordinary rapidity throughout the period. And
+wherever the missionaries went, they constituted themselves the
+protectors and advocates of the native races among whom they worked.
+Often enough they got themselves into bad odour with the European
+traders and settlers with whom they came in contact. But through their
+powerful home organisations they exercised very great influence over
+public opinion and over government policy. The power of 'Exeter Hall,'
+where the religious bodies and the missionary societies held their
+meetings in London, was at its height in the middle of the nineteenth
+century, and politicians could not afford to disregard it, even if they
+had desired to do so. This influence, supporting the trend of
+humanitarian opinion, succeeded in establishing it as one of the
+principles of British imperial policy that it was the duty of the
+British government to protect the native races against the exploitation
+of the European settlers, and to guide them gently into a civilised way
+of life. It is a sound and noble principle, and it may fairly be said
+that it has been honestly carried out, so far as the powers of the home
+government rendered possible. No government in the world controls a
+greater number or variety of subjects belonging to the backward races
+than the British; no trading nation has had greater opportunities for
+the oppressive exploitation of defenceless subjects. Yet the grave
+abuse of these opportunities has been infrequent. There have been in
+the history of modern British imperialism sporadic instances of
+injustice, like the forced labour of Kanakas in the Pacific. But there
+have been no Congo outrages, no Putumayo atrocities, no Pequena slave
+scandals, no merciless slaughter like that of the Hereros in German
+South-West Africa.
+
+The principle of the protection of backward peoples has, however,
+sometimes had an unfortunate influence upon colonial policy; and there
+was no colony in which it exercised a more unhappy effect than South
+Africa. Here the Boer farmers still retained towards their native
+neighbours the attitude which had been characteristic of all the
+European peoples in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries: they
+regarded the negro as a natural inferior, born to servitude. It is not
+surprising that no love was lost between the Boers and the
+missionaries, who appeared as the protectors of the negroes, and whose
+representations turned British opinion violently against the whole Boer
+community. This was in itself a sufficiently unfortunate result: it
+lies largely at the base of the prolonged disharmony which divided the
+two peoples in South Africa. The belief that the Boers could not be
+trusted to deal fairly with the natives formed, for a long period, the
+chief reason which urged the British Government to retain their control
+over the Boers, even when they had trekked away from the Cape (1836)
+and established themselves beyond the Orange and the Vaal rivers; and
+the conflict of this motive with the desire to avoid any increase of
+colonial responsibilities, and with the feeling that if the Boers
+disliked the British system, they had better be left in freedom to
+organise themselves in their own way, accounts for the curious
+vacillation in the policy of the period on this question. At first the
+trekkers were left to themselves; then the lands which they had
+occupied were annexed; then their independence was recognised; and
+finally, when, at the end of the period, they seemed to be causing a
+dangerous excitement among the Zulus and other native tribes, the
+Transvaal was once more annexed; with the result that revolt broke out,
+and the Majuba campaign had to be fought.
+
+Again, tenderness for the natives led to several curious and not very
+successful experiments in organisation. The annexation of Natal was
+long delayed because it was held that this area ought to form a native
+reserve, and fruitless attempts were made to restrict the settlement of
+Europeans in this empty and fertile land. An attempt was also made to
+set up a series of native areas under British protection, from which
+the white settler was excluded. British Kaffraria, Griqualand East and
+Griqualand West were examples of this policy, which is still
+represented, not unsuccessfully, by the great protected area of
+Basutoland. But, on the whole, these experiments in the handling of the
+native problem in South Africa did more harm than good. They were
+unsuccessful mainly because South Africa was a white man's country,
+into which the most vigorous of the native races, those of the Bantu
+stock (Kaffirs, Zulus, Matabili, etc.), were more recent immigrants
+than the white men themselves. Owing to their warlike character and
+rapidly growing numbers they constituted for a long time a very
+formidable danger; and neither the missionaries nor the home
+authorities sufficiently recognised these facts.
+
+Perhaps the most unhappy result of this friction over the native
+question, apart from the alienation of Boer and Briton which it
+produced, was the fact that it was the principal cause of the long
+delay in establishing self-governing institutions in South Africa. The
+home government hesitated to give to the colonists full control over
+their own affairs, because it distrusted the use which they were likely
+to make of their powers over the natives; even the normal institutions
+of all British colonies were not established in Cape Colony till 1854,
+and in Natal till 1883. But although in this case the new attitude
+towards the backward races led to some unhappy results, the spirit
+which inspired it was altogether admirable, and its growing strength
+accounts in part for the real degree of success which has been achieved
+by British administrators in the government of regions not suited for
+the settlement of Europeans in large numbers. Indeed, this spirit has
+come to be one of the outstanding features of modern British
+imperialism.
+
+It was not only in the treatment of backward races that the
+humanitarian spirit made itself felt. It was at work also in the
+government of the highly developed civilisations of India, where,
+during this period, British power began to be boldly used to put an end
+to barbarous or inhumane practices which were supported or tolerated by
+the religious beliefs or immemorial social usages of India. Such
+practices as thagi, or meria sacrifices, or female infanticide, or,
+above all, sati, had been left undisturbed by the earlier rulers of
+British India, because they feared that interference with them would be
+resented as an infraction of Indian custom or religion. They were now
+boldly attacked, and practically abolished, without evil result.
+
+Alongside of this new courage in measures that seemed to be dictated by
+the moral ideas of the West, there was to be seen growing throughout
+this period a new temper of respect for Indian civilisation and a
+desire to study and understand it, and to safeguard its best features.
+The study of early Indian literature, law, and religious philosophy had
+indeed been begun in the eighteenth century by Sir William Jones and
+Nathaniel Halhed, with the ardent encouragement of Warren Hastings. But
+in this as in other respects Hastings was ahead of the political
+opinion of his time; the prevalent idea was that the best thing for
+India would be the introduction, so far as possible, of British
+methods. This led to the absurdities of the Supreme Court, established
+in 1773 to administer English law to Indians. It led also to the great
+blunder of Cornwallis's settlement of the land question in Bengal,
+which was an attempt to assimilate the Indian land-system to that of
+England, and resulted in an unhappy weakening of the village
+communities, the most healthy features of Indian rural life. In the
+nineteenth century this attitude was replaced by a spirit of respect
+for Indian traditions and methods of organisation, and by a desire to
+retain and strengthen their best features. The new attitude was perhaps
+to be seen at its best in the work of Mountstuart Elphinstone, a great
+administrator who was also a profound student of Indian history, and a
+very sympathetic observer and friend of Indian customs and modes of
+life. But the same spirit was exemplified by the whole of the
+remarkable generation of statesmen of whom Elphinstone was one. They
+established the view that it was the duty of the British power to
+reorganise India, indeed, but to reorganise it on lines in accordance
+with its own traditions. Above all, the principle was in this
+generation very definitely established that India, like other great
+dependencies, must be administered in the interests of its own people,
+and not in the interests of the ruling race. That seems to us to-day a
+platitude. It would not have seemed a platitude in the eighteenth
+century. It would not seem a platitude in modern Germany. And it may
+safely be said that the enunciation of such a doctrine would have
+seemed merely absurd in any of the earlier historical empires. In 1833
+an official report laid before the British parliament contained these
+remarkable words: 'It is recognised as an indisputable principle, that
+the interests of the Native Subjects are to be consulted in preference
+to those of Europeans, wherever the two come in competition.' In all
+the records of imperialism it would be hard to find a parallel to this
+formal statement of policy by the supreme government of a ruling race.
+When such a statement could be made, it is manifest that the meaning of
+the word Empire had undergone a remarkable transformation. No one can
+read the history of British rule in India during this period without
+feeling that, in spite of occasional lapses, this was its real spirit.
+
+But the most powerful constructive element in the shaping of the new
+imperial policy of Britain was the strength of the belief in the idea
+of self-government, as not only morally desirable but practically
+efficacious, which was to be perceived at work in the political circles
+of Britain during this age. Self-government had throughout the modern
+age been a matter of habit and practice with the British peoples; now
+it became a matter of theory and belief. And from this resulted a great
+change of attitude towards the problems of colonial administration. The
+American problem in the eighteenth century had arisen ultimately out of
+the demand of the Americans for unqualified and responsible control
+over their own affairs: the attitude of the Englishman in reply to this
+demand (though he never clearly analysed it) was, in effect, that
+self-government was a good and desirable thing, but that on the scale
+on which the Americans claimed it, it would be fatal to the unity of
+the Empire, and the unity of the Empire must come first. Faced by
+similar problems in the nineteenth century, the Englishman's response
+generally was that self-government on the fullest scale was the right
+of all who were fit to exercise it, and the most satisfactory working
+solution of political problems. Therefore the right must be granted;
+and the unity of the Empire must take care of itself. No doubt this
+attitude was more readily adopted because of the widespread belief that
+in fact the colonies would all sooner or later cut their connection
+with the mother-country. But it was fully shared by men who did not
+hold this view, and who believed strongly in the possibility and
+desirability of maintaining imperial unity. It was shared, for example,
+by Wakefield, a convinced imperialist if ever there was one, and by
+that great colonial administrator, Sir George Grey. It was shared by
+Lord Durham and by Lord John Russell, who were largely responsible for
+the adoption of the new policy. Their belief and hope was that the
+common possession of free institutions of kindred types would in fact
+form the most effective tie between the lands which enjoyed them. This
+hope obtained an eloquent expression in the speech in which, in 1852,
+Russell introduced the bill for granting to the Australian colonies
+self-government on such a scale as amounted almost to independence. It
+is not true, as is sometimes said, that the self-governing institutions
+of the colonies were established during this period owing to the
+indifference of the home authorities, and their readiness to put an end
+to the connection. The new policy of these years was deliberately
+adopted; and although its acceptance by parliament was rendered easier
+by the prevalence of disbelief in the permanence of the imperial tie,
+yet, on the part of the responsible men, it was due to far-sighted
+statesmanship.
+
+The critical test of the new colonial policy, and the most dramatic
+demonstration of its efficacy, were afforded by Canada, where, during
+the thirties, the conditions which preceded the revolt of the American
+colonies were being reproduced with curious exactness. The
+self-governing institutions established in the Canadian colonies in
+1791 very closely resembled those of the American colonies before the
+revolution: they gave to the representative houses control over
+taxation and legislation, but neither control over, nor responsibility
+for, the executive. And the same results were following. Incomplete
+self-government was striving after its own fulfilment: the denial of
+responsibility was producing irresponsibility. These was the same
+unceasing friction between governors and their councils on the one
+hand, and the representative bodies on the other hand; and the
+assemblies were showing the same unreasonableness in refusing to meet
+manifest public obligations. This state of things was becoming steadily
+more acute in all the colonies, but it was at its worst in the province
+of Quebec, where the constitutional friction was embittered by a racial
+conflict, the executive body being British, while the great majority of
+the assembly was French; and the conflict was producing a very
+dangerous alienation between the two peoples. The French colonists had
+quite forgotten the gratitude they had once felt for the maintenance of
+their religion and of their social organisation, and there was a strong
+party among them who were bent upon open revolt, and hoped to be able
+to establish a little isolated French community upon the St. Lawrence.
+This party of hotheads got the upper hand, and their agitation
+culminated in the rebellion of Papineau in 1837. In the other colonies,
+and especially in Upper Canada, the conditions were almost equally
+ominous; when Papineau revolted in Quebec, William Mackenzie led a
+sympathetic rising in Ontario. The situation was quite as alarming as
+the situation in the American colonies had been in 1775. It is true
+that the risings were easily put down. But mere repression formed no
+solution, any more than a British victory in 1775 would have formed a
+solution of the American question.
+
+Realising this, the Whig government sent out Lord Durham, one of their
+own number, to report on the whole situation. Durham was one of the
+most advanced Liberals in Britain, a convinced believer in the virtues
+of self-government, and he took out with him two of the ablest
+advocates of scientific colonisation, Edward Gibbon Wakefield and
+Charles Buller. Durham's administrative work was not a success: his
+high-handed deportation of some of the rebel leaders was strongly
+condemned, and he was very quickly recalled. But he had had time to
+study and understand the situation, and he presented a masterly Report
+on Canada, which is one of the classics in the history of British
+imperialism. His explanation of the unhappy condition of Canadian
+politics was not (as some were tempted to say) that the colonists had
+been given too much liberty, but that they had not been given enough.
+They must be made to feel their responsibility for the working of the
+laws which they adopted, and for the welfare of the whole community. As
+for the conflict of races, its only cure was that both should be made
+to feel their common responsibility for the destinies of the community
+in which both must remain partners.
+
+Lord Durham's recommendations were fully carried into effect, partly in
+the Canada Act of 1840, but more especially by a simple instruction
+issued to governors, that their ministries must henceforward be chosen,
+in the British fashion, on the ground that they commanded the support
+of a majority in the elected house; and that the governors themselves
+must be guided by their advice. A crucial test of this new policy came
+in 1849, when the ministers and the parliamentary majority proposed to
+vote compensation for property destroyed in 1837. This to many seemed
+compensation for rebels, and the indignant loyalists were urgent that
+the governor, Lord Elgin, should veto it. He firmly declined to do so;
+and thus gave an invaluable lesson to both parties. The Canadian
+people, acting through their representatives, were now responsible for
+their actions. If they chose to vote for irresponsible and dangerous
+devices, they must henceforward realise that they must themselves
+answer for the consequences.
+
+Thus, within a few years of the outbreak of rebellion in two provinces,
+full power had been entrusted to the rebels themselves. It was a daring
+policy, only to be justified by a very confident belief in the virtues
+of self-government. But it was completely and triumphantly successful.
+Henceforward friction between the Canadian colonies and the
+mother-country ceased: if there were grounds for complaint in the state
+of Canadian affairs, the Canadians must now blame their own ministers,
+and the remedy lay in their own hands. And what was the outcome? Twenty
+years later the various colonies, once as full of mutual jealousies as
+the American colonies had been before 1775, began to discuss the
+possibility of federation. With the cordial approval and co-operation
+of the home government, they drew up a scheme for the formation of a
+united Dominion of Canada, including distant British Columbia and the
+coastal colonies of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward
+Island; and the adoption of this scheme, in 1867, turned Canada from a
+bundle of separate settlements into a great state. To this state the
+home government later made over the control of all the vast and rich
+lands of the North-West, and so the destinies of half a continent
+passed under its direction. It was a charge, the magnitude and
+challenge of which could not but bring forth all that there was of
+statesmanship among the Canadian people; and it has not failed to do so.
+
+One feature of Canadian constitutional development remains to be noted.
+It might have been expected that the Canadians would have been tempted
+to follow the political model of their great neighbour the United
+States; and if their development had been the outcome of friction with
+the mother-country, no doubt they would have done so. But they
+preferred to follow the British model. The keynote of the American
+system is division of power: division between the federal government
+and the state governments, which form mutual checks upon one another;
+division between the executive and the legislature, which are
+independent of one another at once in the states and in the federal
+government, both being directly elected by popular vote. The keynote of
+the British system is concentration of responsibility by the
+subordination of the executive to the legislature. The Canadians
+adopted the British principle: what had formerly been distinct colonies
+became, not 'states' but 'provinces,' definitely subordinated to the
+supreme central government; and whether in the federal or in the
+provincial system, the control of government by the representative body
+was finally established. This concord with the British system is a fact
+of real import. It means that the political usages of the home-country
+and the great Dominion are so closely assimilated that political
+co-operation between them is far easier than it otherwise might be; it
+increases the possibility of a future link more intimate than that of
+mere co-operation.
+
+Not less whole-hearted or generous than the treatment of the problems
+of Canadian government was the treatment of the same problem in
+Australia. Here, as a matter of course, all the colonies had been
+endowed, at the earliest possible date, with the familiar system of
+representative but not responsible government. No such acute friction
+as had occurred in Canada had yet shown itself, though signs of its
+development were not lacking. But in 1852 an astonishing step was taken
+by the British parliament: the various Australian colonies were
+empowered to elect single-chamber constituent assemblies to decide the
+forms of government under which they wished to live. They decided in
+every case to reproduce as nearly as possible the British system:
+legislatures of two chambers, with ministries responsible to them.
+Thus, in Australia as in Canada, the daughter-peoples were made to feel
+the community of their institutions with those of the mother-country,
+and the possibility of intimate and easy co-operation was increased.
+Two years later, in 1854, New Zealand was endowed with the same system.
+Among all the British realms in which the white man was predominant,
+only South Africa was as yet excluded from this remarkable development.
+The reasons for this exclusion we have already noted: its consequences
+will occupy our attention in later pages.
+
+Very manifestly the empire which was developing on such lines was not
+an empire in the old sense--a dominion imposed by force upon unwilling
+subjects. That old word, which has been used in so many senses, was
+being given a wholly new connotation. It was being made to mean a free
+partnership of self-governing peoples, held together not by force, but
+in part by common interests, and in a still higher degree by common
+sentiment and the possession of the same institutions of liberty.
+
+In the fullest sense, however, this new conception of empire applied
+only to the group of the great self-governing colonies. There were many
+other regions, even before 1878, included within the British Empire,
+though as yet it had not incorporated those vast protectorates over
+regions peopled by backward races which have been added during the last
+generation. There were tropical settlements like British Honduras,
+British Guiana, Sierra Leone, and Cape Coast Castle; there were many
+West Indian Islands, and scattered possessions like Mauritius and
+Hong-Kong and Singapore and the Straits Settlements; there were
+garrison towns or coaling-stations like Gibraltar, Malta, Aden, St.
+Helena. To none of these were the institutions of full responsible
+self-government granted. Some of them possessed representative
+institutions without responsible ministries; in others the governor was
+assisted by a nominated council, intended to express local opinion, but
+not elected by the inhabitants; in yet others the governor ruled
+autocratically. But in all these cases the ultimate control of policy
+was retained by the home government. And in this general category, as
+yet, the South African colonies were included. Why were these
+distinctions drawn? Why did the generation of British statesmen, who
+had dealt so generously with the demand for self-government in Canada
+and Australia, stop short and refuse to carry out their principles in
+these other cases?
+
+It is characteristic of British politics that they are never merely or
+fully logical, and that even when political doctrines seem to enjoy the
+most complete ascendancy, they are never put into effect without
+qualifications or exceptions. The exceptions already named to the
+establishment of full self-government were due to many and varying
+causes. In the first place, there was in most of these cases no
+effective demand for full self-government; and it may safely be
+asserted that any community in which there is no demand for
+self-governing institutions is probably not in a condition to work them
+with effect. Some of these possessions were purely military posts, like
+Gibraltar and Aden, and were necessarily administered as such. Others
+were too small and weak to dream of assuming the full privileges. But
+in the majority of cases one outstanding common feature will appear on
+closer analysis. Nearly all these territories were tropical or
+semi-tropical lands, whose British inhabitants were not permanent
+settlers, but were present solely for the purposes of trade or other
+exploitation, while the bulk of the population consisted of backward
+peoples, whose traditions and civilisation rendered their effective
+participation in public affairs quite impracticable. In such cases, to
+have given full political power to the small and generally shifting
+minority of white men would have been to give scope to many evils; and
+to have enfranchised, on a mere theory, the mass of the population
+would have been to produce still worse results. It would have sentenced
+these communities to the sort of fate which has befallen the beautiful
+island of Hayti, where the self-government of a population of
+emancipated negro slaves has brought nothing but anarchy and
+degradation. In such conditions the steady Reign of Law is the greatest
+boon that can be given to white settlers and coloured subjects alike;
+and the final authority is rightly retained by the home government,
+inspired, as British opinion has long required that it should be, by
+the principle that the rights of the backward peoples must be
+safeguarded. Under this system, both law and a real degree of liberty
+are made possible; whereas under a doctrinaire application of the
+theory of self-government, both would vanish.
+
+But there remains the vast dominion of India, which falls neither into
+the one category nor into the other. Though there are many primitive
+and backward elements among its vast population, there are also peoples
+and castes whose members are intellectually capable of meeting on equal
+terms the members of any of the ruling races of the West. Yet during
+this age, when self-government on the amplest scale was being extended
+to the chief regions of the British Empire, India, the greatest
+dominion of them all, did not obtain the gift of representative
+institutions even on the most modest scale. Why was this?
+
+It was not because the ruling race was hostile to the idea, or desired
+merely to retain its own ascendancy. On the contrary, both in Britain
+and among the best of the British administrators in India, it was
+increasingly held that the only ultimate justification for the British
+power in India would be that under its guidance the Indian peoples
+should be gradually enabled to govern themselves. As early as 1824,
+when in Europe sheer reaction was at its height, this view was being
+strongly urged by one of the greatest of Anglo-Indian administrators,
+Sir Thomas Munro, a soldier of distinction, then serving as governor of
+Madras. 'We should look upon India,' he wrote, 'not as a temporary
+possession, but as one which is to be maintained permanently, until the
+natives shall have abandoned most of their superstitions and
+prejudices, and become sufficiently enlightened to frame a regular
+government for themselves, and to conduct and preserve it. Whenever
+such a time shall arrive, it will probably be best for both countries
+that the British control over India should be gradually withdrawn. That
+the desirable change contemplated may in some after age be effected in
+India, there is no cause to despair. Such a change was at one time in
+Britain itself at least as hopeless as it is here. When we reflect how
+much the character of nations has always been influenced by that of
+governments, and that some, once the most cultivated, have sunk into
+barbarism, while others, formerly the rudest, have attained the highest
+point of civilisation, we shall see no reason to doubt that if we
+pursue steadily the proper measures, we shall in time so far improve
+the character of our Indian subjects as to make them able to govern and
+protect themselves.'
+
+In other words, self-government was the desirable end to be pursued in
+India as elsewhere; but in India there were many and grave obstacles to
+its efficient working, which could only slowly be overcome. In the
+first place, India is more deeply divided in race, language, and
+religion than any other region of the world. Nowhere else is there such
+a medley of peoples of every grade of development, from the almost
+savage Bhil to the cultivated and high-bred Brahmin or Rajput or
+Mahomedan chief. There are sharp regional differences, as great as
+those between the European countries; but cutting across these there
+are everywhere the rigid and impermeable distinctions of caste, which
+have no parallel anywhere else in the world. The experience of the
+Austro-Hungarian Empire, whose confusion of races is simplicity itself
+in comparison with the chaos of India, affords a significant
+demonstration of the fact that parliamentary institutions, if they are
+established among deeply divided peoples, must almost inevitably be
+exploited for the purpose of racial ascendancy by the most vigorous or
+the best-organised elements among the people; and a very ugly tyranny
+is apt to result, as it has resulted in Austro-Hungary. This
+consequence would almost certainly follow the establishment of a full
+representative system in India. In the cities of mediaeval Italy, when
+the conflict of parties became so acute that neither side could expect
+justice from the other, the practice grew up of electing a podesta from
+some foreign city to act as an impartial arbiter. The British power in
+India has played the part of a podesta in restraining and mediating
+between the conflicting peoples and religions of India.
+
+But again (and this is even more fundamental), for thousands of years
+the history of India has been one long story of conquests and tyrannies
+by successive ruling races. Always Might has been Right, so that the
+lover of righteousness could only pursue it, like the mediaeval
+ascetic, by cutting himself off from the world, abjuring all social
+ties, and immolating the flesh in order to live by the spirit. Always
+Law had been, in the last resort, the Will of the Stronger, not the
+decree of impartial justice. Always the master-races, the predatory
+bands, the ruling castes, had expected to receive, and the mass of the
+people had been accustomed to give, the most abject submission; and
+these habits were difficult to overcome. 'In England,' says Sir Thomas
+Munro, 'the people resist oppression, and it is their spirit which
+gives efficacy to the law: in India the people rarely resist
+oppression, and the law intended to secure them from it can therefore
+derive no aid from themselves. ... It is in vain to caution them
+against paying by telling them that the law is on their side, and will
+support them in refusing to comply with unauthorised demands. All
+exhortations on this head are thrown away, and after listening to them
+they will the very next day submit to extortion as quietly as before.'
+How could representative institutions be expected to work under such
+conditions? They would have lacked the very foundation upon which alone
+they can firmly rest: respect for law, and public co-operation in the
+enforcement of it. Thus the supreme service which the government of
+India could render to its people was the establishment and maintenance
+of the Reign of Law, and of the liberty which it shelters. In such
+conditions representative government would be liable to bring, not
+liberty, but anarchy and the renewal of lawless oppression.
+
+But although the extension of the representative system to India
+neither was nor could be attempted in this age, very remarkable
+advances were made towards turning India in a real sense into a
+self-governing country. It ceased to be regarded or treated as a
+subject dominion existing solely for the advantage of its conquerors.
+That had always been its fate in all the long centuries of its history;
+and in the first period of British rule the trading company which had
+acquired this amazing empire had naturally regarded it as primarily a
+source of profit. In 1833 the company was forbidden to engage in trade,
+and the profit-making motive disappeared. The shareholders still
+continued to receive a fixed dividend out of the Indian revenues, but
+this may be compared to a fixed debt-charge, an annual payment for
+capital expended in the past; and it came to an end when the company
+was abolished in 1858. Apart from this dividend, no sort of tribute was
+exacted from India by the ruling power. India was not even required to
+contribute to the upkeep of the navy, which protected her equally with
+the rest of the Empire, or of the diplomatic service, which was often
+concerned with her interests. She paid for the small army which guarded
+her frontiers; but if any part of it was borrowed for service abroad,
+its whole pay and charges were met by Britain. She paid the salaries
+and pensions of the handful of British administrators who conducted her
+government, but this was a very small charge in comparison with the
+lavish outlay of the native princes whom they had replaced. India had
+become a self-contained state, whose whole resources were expended
+exclusively upon her own needs, and expended with the most scrupulous
+honesty, and under the most elaborate safeguards.
+
+They were expended, moreover, especially during the later part of this
+period, largely in equipping her with the material apparatus of modern
+civilisation. Efficient police, great roads, a postal service cheaper
+than that of any other country, a well-planned railway system, and,
+above all, a gigantic system of irrigation which brought under
+cultivation vast regions hitherto desert--these were some of the boons
+acquired by India during the period. They were rendered possible partly
+by the economical management of her finances, partly by the liberal
+expenditure of British capital. Above all, the period saw the beginning
+of a system of popular education, of which the English language became
+the main vehicle, because none of the thirty-eight recognised
+vernacular tongues of India either possessed the necessary literature,
+or could be used as a medium for instruction in modern science. In 1858
+three universities were established; and although their system was
+ill-devised, under the malign influence of the analogy of London
+University, a very large and increasing number of young graduates,
+trained for modern occupations, began to filter into Indian society,
+and to modify its point of view. All speaking and writing English, and
+all trained in much the same body of ideas, they possessed a similarity
+of outlook and a vehicle of communication such as had never before
+linked together the various races and castes of India. This large and
+growing class, educated in some measure in the learning of the West,
+formed already, at the end of the period, a very important new element
+in the life of India. They were capable of criticising the work of
+their government; they were not without standards of comparison by
+which to measure its achievements; and, aided by the large freedom
+granted to the press under the British system, they were able to begin
+the creation of an intelligent public opinion, which was apt, in its
+first movements, to be ill-guided and rash, but which was nevertheless
+a healthy development. That this newly created class of educated men
+should produce a continual stream of criticism, and that it should even
+stimulate into existence public discontents, is by no means a
+condemnation of the system of government which has made these
+developments possible. On the contrary, it is a proof that the system
+has had an invigorating effect. For the existence and the expression of
+discontent is a sign of life; it means that there is an end of that
+utter docility which marks a people enslaved body and soul. India has
+never been more prosperous than she is to-day; she has never before
+known so impartial a system of justice as she now possesses; and these
+are legitimate grounds of pride to her rulers. But they may even more
+justly pride themselves upon the fact that in all her history India has
+never been so frankly and incessantly critical of her government as she
+is to-day; never so bold in the aspirations for the future which her
+sons entertain.
+
+The creation of the new class of Western-educated Indians also
+facilitated another development which the British government definitely
+aimed at encouraging: the participation of Indians in the conduct of
+administration in their own land. The Act of 1833 had laid it down as a
+fundamental principle that 'no native of the said territories ... shall
+by reason only of his religion, place of birth, descent, or any of
+them, be disabled from holding any place, office, or employment.' The
+great majority of the minor administrative posts had always been held
+by Indians; but until 1833 it had been held that the maintenance of
+British supremacy required that the higher offices should be reserved
+to members of the ruling race. This restriction was now abolished; but
+it was not until the development of the educational system had produced
+a body of sufficiently trained men that the new principle could produce
+appreciable results; and even then, the deficiencies of an undeveloped
+system of training, combined with the racial and religious jealousies
+which the government of India must always keep in mind, imposed
+limitations upon the rapid increase of the number of Indians holding
+the higher posts. Still, the principle had been laid down, and was
+being acted upon. And that also constituted a great step towards
+self-government.
+
+India in 1878 was governed, under the terms of a code of law based upon
+Indian custom, by a small body of British officials, among whom leading
+Indians were gradually taking their place, and who worked in detail
+through an army of minor officials, nearly all of Indian birth, and
+selected without regard to race or creed. She was a self-contained
+country whose whole resources were devoted to her own needs. She was
+prospering to a degree unexampled in her history; she had achieved a
+political unity never before known to her; she had been given the
+supreme boon of a just and impartial law, administered without fear or
+favour; and she had enjoyed a long period of peace, unbroken by any
+attack from external foes. Here also, as fully as in the self-governing
+colonies, membership of the British Empire did not mean subjection to
+the selfish dominion of a master, or the subordination to that master's
+interests of the vital interests of the community. It meant the
+establishment among a vast population of the essential gifts of Western
+civilisation, rational law, and the liberty which exists under its
+shelter. Empire had come to mean, not merely domination pursued for its
+own sake, but trusteeship for the extension of civilisation.
+
+The period of practical British monopoly, 1815-1878, had thus brought
+about a very remarkable transformation in the character of the British
+Empire. It had greatly increased in extent, and by every test of area,
+population, and natural resources, it was beyond comparison the
+greatest power that had ever existed in the world. But its organisation
+was of an extreme laxity; it possessed no real common government; and
+its principal members were united rather by a community of institutions
+and ideas than by any formal ties. Moreover, it presented a more
+amazing diversity of racial types, of religions, and of grades of
+civilisation, than any other political fabric which had existed in
+history. Its development had assuredly brought about a very great
+expansion of the ideas of Western civilisation over the face of the
+globe, and, above all, a remarkable diffusion of the institutions of
+political liberty. But it remained to be proved whether this loosely
+compacted bundle of states possessed any real unity, or would be
+capable of standing any severe strain. The majority of observers, both
+in Britain itself and throughout the world, would have been inclined,
+in 1878, to give a negative answer to these questions.
+
+
+
+
+VII
+
+THE ERA OF THE WORLD-STATES, 1878-1900
+
+
+The Congress of Berlin in 1878 marks the close of the era of
+nationalist revolutions and wars in Europe. By the same date all the
+European states had attained to a certain stability in their
+constitutional systems. With equal definiteness this year may be said
+to mark the opening of a new era in the history of European
+imperialism; an era of eager competition for the control of the still
+unoccupied regions of the world, in which the concerns of remote lands
+suddenly became matters of supreme moment to the great European powers,
+and the peace of the world was endangered by questions arising in China
+or Siam, in Morocco or the Soudan, or the islands of the Pacific. The
+control of Europe over the non-European world was in a single
+generation completed and confirmed. And the most important of the many
+questions raised by this development was the question whether the
+spirit in which this world-supremacy of Europe was to be wielded should
+be the spirit which long experience had inspired in the oldest of the
+colonising nations, the spirit of trusteeship on behalf of
+civilisation; or whether it was to be the old, brutal, and sterile
+spirit of mere domination for its own sake.
+
+On a superficial view the most obvious feature of this strenuous period
+was that all the remaining unexploited regions of the world were either
+annexed by one or other of the great Western states, or were driven to
+adopt, with greater or less success, the modes of organisation of the
+West. But what was far more important than any new demarcation of the
+map was that not only the newly annexed lands, but also the
+half-developed territories of earlier European dominions, were with an
+extraordinary devouring energy penetrated during this generation by
+European traders and administrators, equipped with railways,
+steam-boats, and all the material apparatus of modern life, and in
+general organised and exploited for the purposes of industry and trade.
+This astonishing achievement was almost as thorough as it was swift.
+And its result was, not merely that the political control of Europe
+over the backward regions of the world was strengthened and secured by
+these means, but that the whole world was turned into a single economic
+and political unit, no part of which could henceforth dwell in
+isolation. This might have meant that we should have been brought
+nearer to some sort of world-order; but unhappily the spirit in which
+the great work was undertaken by some, at least, of the nations which
+participated in it has turned this wonderful achievement into a source
+of bitterness and enmity, and led the world in the end to the tragedy
+and agony of the Great War.
+
+The causes of this gigantic outpouring of energy were manifold. The
+main impelling forces were perhaps economic rather than political. But
+the economic needs of this strenuous age might have been satisfied
+without resort to the brutal arbitrament of war: their satisfaction
+might even have been made the means of diminishing the danger of war.
+It was the interpretation of these economic needs in terms of an
+unhappy political theory which has led to the final catastrophe.
+
+On a broad view, the final conquest of the world by European
+civilisation was made possible, and indeed inevitable, by the amazing
+development of the material aspects of that civilisation during the
+nineteenth century; by the progressive command over the forces of
+nature which the advance of science had placed in the hands of man, by
+the application of science to industry in the development of
+manufacturing methods and of new modes of communication, and by the
+intricate and flexible organisation of modern finance. These changes
+were already in progress before 1878, and were already transforming the
+face of the world. Since 1878 they have gone forward with such
+accelerating speed that we have been unable to appreciate the
+significance of the revolution they were effecting. We have been
+carried off our feet; and have found it impossible to adjust our moral
+and political ideas to the new conditions.
+
+The great material achievements of the last two generations have been
+mainly due to an intense concentration and specialisation of functions
+among both men of thought and men of action. But the result of this has
+been that there have been few to attempt the vitally important task of
+appreciating the movement of our civilisation as a whole, and of
+endeavouring to determine how far the political conceptions inherited
+from an earlier age were valid in the new conditions. For under the
+pressure of the great transformation political forces also have been
+transformed, and in all countries political thought is baffled and
+bewildered by the complexity of the problems by which it is faced. To
+this in part we owe the dimness of vision which overtook us as we went
+whirling together towards the great catastrophe. It is only in the
+glare of a world-conflagration that we begin to perceive, in something
+like their true proportions, the great forces and events which have
+been shaping our destinies. In the future, if the huge soulless
+mechanism which man has created is not to get out of hand and destroy
+him, we must abandon that contempt for the philosopher and the
+political thinker which we have latterly been too ready to express, and
+we must recognise that the task of analysing and relating to one
+another the achievements of the past and the problems of the present is
+at least as important as the increase of our knowledge and of our
+dangerous powers by intense and narrow concentration within very
+limited fields of thought and work.
+
+In the meantime we must observe (however briefly and inadequately), how
+the dazzling advances of science and industry have affected the
+conquest of the world by European civilisation, and why it has come
+about that instead of leading to amity and happiness, they have brought
+us to the most hideous catastrophe in human history.
+
+Science and industry, in the first place, made the conquest and
+organisation of the world easy. In the first stages of the expansion of
+Europe the material superiority of the West had unquestionably afforded
+the means whereby its political ideas and institutions could be made
+operative in new fields. The invention of ocean-going ships, the use of
+the mariner's compass, the discovery of the rotundity of the earth, the
+development of firearms--these were the things which made possible the
+creation of the first European empires; though these purely material
+advantages could have led to no stable results unless they had been
+wielded by peoples possessing a real political capacity. In the same
+way the brilliant triumphs of modern engineering have alone rendered
+possible the rapid conquest and organisation of huge undeveloped areas;
+the deadly precision of Western weapons has made the Western peoples
+irresistible; the wonderful progress of medical science has largely
+overcome the barriers of disease which long excluded the white man from
+great regions of the earth; and the methods of modern finance,
+organising and making available the combined credit of whole
+communities, have provided the means for vast enterprises which without
+them could never have been undertaken.
+
+Then, in the next place, science has found uses for many commodities
+which were previously of little value, and many of which are mainly
+produced in the undeveloped regions of the earth. Some of these, like
+rubber, or nitrates, or mineral and vegetable oils, have rapidly become
+quite indispensable materials, consumed by the industrial countries on
+an immense scale. Accordingly, the more highly industrialised a country
+is, the more dependent it must be upon supplies drawn from all parts of
+the world; not only supplies of food for the maintenance of its teeming
+population, but, even more, supplies of material for its industries.
+The days when Europe, or even America, was self-sufficient are gone for
+ever. And in order that these essential supplies may be available, it
+has become necessary that all the regions which produce them should be
+brought under efficient administration. The anarchy of primitive
+barbarism cannot be allowed to stand in the way of access to these
+vital necessities of the new world-economy. It is merely futile for
+well-meaning sentimentalists to talk of the wickedness of invading the
+inalienable rights of the primitive occupants of these lands: for good
+or for ill, the world has become a single economic unit, and its
+progress cannot be stopped out of consideration for the time-honoured
+usages of uncivilised and backward tribes. Of course it is our duty to
+ensure that these simple folks are justly treated, led gently into
+civilisation, and protected from the iniquities of a mere ruthless
+exploitation, such as, in some regions, we have been compelled to
+witness. But Western civilisation has seized the reins of the world,
+and it will not be denied. Its economic needs drive it to undertake the
+organisation of the whole world. What we have to secure is that its
+political principles shall be such as will ensure that its control will
+be a benefit to its subjects as well as to itself. But the development
+of scientific industry has made European control and civilised
+administration inevitable throughout the world.
+
+It did not, however, necessarily follow from these premises that the
+great European states which did not already possess extra-European
+territories were bound to acquire such lands. So far as their purely
+economic needs were concerned, it would have been enough that they
+should have freedom of access, on equal terms with their neighbours, to
+the sources of the supplies they required. It is quite possible, as
+events have shown, for a European state to attain very great success in
+the industrial sphere without possessing any political control over the
+lands from which its raw materials are drawn, or to which its finished
+products are sold. Norway has created an immense shipping industry
+without owning a single port outside her own borders. The manufactures
+of Switzerland are as thriving as these of any European country, though
+Switzerland does not possess any colonies. Germany herself, the loudest
+advocate of the necessity of political control as the basis of economic
+prosperity, has found it possible to create a vast and very prosperous
+industry, though her colonial possessions have been small, and have
+contributed scarcely at all to her wealth. Her merchants and
+capitalists have indeed found the most profitable fields for their
+enterprises, not in their own colonies, which they have on the whole
+tended to neglect, but in a far greater degree in South and Central
+America, and in India and the other vast territories of the British
+Empire, which have been open to them as freely as to British merchants.
+All that the prosperity of European industry required was that the
+sources of supply should be under efficient administration, and that
+access to them should be open. And these conditions were fulfilled,
+before the great rush began, over the greater part of the earth. If in
+1878, when the European nations suddenly awoke to the importance of the
+non-European world, they had been able to agree upon some simple
+principle which would have secured equal treatment to all, how
+different would have been the fate of Europe and the world! If it could
+have been laid down, as a principle of international law, that in every
+area whose administration was undertaken by a European state, the 'open
+door' should be secured for the trade of all nations equally, and that
+this rule should continue in force until the area concerned acquired
+the status of a distinctly organised state controlling its own fiscal
+system, the industrial communities would have felt secure, the little
+states quite as fully as the big states. Moreover, since, under these
+conditions, the annexation of territory by a European state would not
+have threatened the creation of a monopoly, but would have meant the
+assumption of a duty on behalf of civilisation, the acrimonies and
+jealousies which have attended the process of partition would have been
+largely conjured away. In 1878 such a solution would have presented few
+difficulties. For at that date the only European state which controlled
+large undeveloped areas was Britain; and Britain, as we have seen, had
+on her own account arrived at this solution, and had administered, as
+she still administers, all those regions of her Empire which do not
+possess self-governing rights in the spirit of the principle we have
+suggested.
+
+Why was it that this solution, or some solution on these lines, was not
+then adopted, and had no chance of being adopted? It was because the
+European states, and first and foremost among them Germany, were still
+dominated by a political theory which forbade their taking such a view.
+We may call this theory the Doctrine of Power. It is the doctrine that
+the highest duty of every state is to aim at the extension of its own
+power, and that before this duty every other consideration must give
+way. The Doctrine of Power has never received a more unflinching
+expression than it received from the German Treitschke, whose influence
+was at its height during the years of the great rush for extra-European
+possessions. The advocate of the Doctrine of Power is not, and cannot
+be, satisfied with equality of opportunity; he demands supremacy, he
+demands monopoly, he demands the means to injure and destroy his
+rivals. It would not be just to say that this doctrine was influential
+only in Germany; it was in some degree potent everywhere, especially in
+this period, which was the period par excellence of 'imperialism' in
+the bad sense of the term. But it is certainly true that no state has
+ever been so completely dominated by it as Germany; and no state less
+than Britain. It was in the light of this doctrine that the demands of
+the new scientific industry were interpreted. Hag-ridden by this
+conception, when the statesmen of Europe awoke to the importance of the
+non-European world, it was not primarily the economic needs of their
+countries that they thought of, for these were, on the whole, not
+inadequately met: what struck their imagination was that, in paying no
+attention to the outer world, they had missed great opportunities of
+increasing their power. This oversight, they resolved, must be
+rectified before it was too late.
+
+For when the peoples of Western and Central Europe, no longer engrossed
+by the problems of Nationalism and Liberalism, cast their eyes over the
+world, lo! the scale of things seemed to have changed. Just as, in the
+fifteenth century, civilisation had suddenly passed from the stage of
+the city-state or the feudal principality to the stage of the great
+nation-state, so now, while the European peoples were still struggling
+to realise their nationhood, civilisation seemed to have stolen a march
+upon them, and to have advanced once more, this time into the stage of
+the world-state. For to the east of the European nations lay the vast
+Russian Empire, stretching from Central Europe across Asia to the
+Pacific; and in the west the American Republic extended from ocean to
+ocean, across three thousand miles of territory; and between these and
+around them spread the British Empire, sprawling over the whole face of
+the globe, on every sea and in every continent. In contrast with these
+giant empires, the nation-states of Europe felt themselves out of
+scale, just as the Italian cities in the sixteenth century must have
+felt themselves out of scale in comparison with the new nation-states
+of Spain and France. To achieve the standard of the world-state, to
+make their own nations the controlling factors in wide dominions which
+should include territories and populations of varied types, became the
+ambition of the most powerful European states. A new political ideal
+had captivated the mind of Europe.
+
+These powerful motives were reinforced by others which arose from the
+development of affairs within Europe itself. In the first place, the
+leading European states had by 1878 definitely abandoned that tendency
+towards free trade which had seemed to be increasing in strength during
+the previous generation; and, largely in the hope of combating the
+overwhelming mercantile and industrial supremacy of Britain, had
+adopted the fiscal policy of protection. The ideal of the protectionist
+creed is national self-sufficiency in the economic sphere. But, as we
+have seen, economic self-sufficiency was no longer attainable in the
+conditions of modern industry by any European state. Only by large
+foreign annexations, especially in the tropical regions, did it seem
+possible of achievement. But when a protectionist state begins to
+acquire territory, the anticipation that it will use its power to
+exclude or destroy the trade of its rivals must drive other states to
+safeguard themselves by still further annexations. It was, indeed, this
+fear which mainly drove Britain, in spite of, or perhaps because of,
+her free trade theories, into a series of large annexations in regions
+where her trade had been hitherto predominant.
+
+Again, the most perturbing feature of the relations between the
+European powers also contributed to produce an eagerness for colonial
+possessions. Europe had entered upon the era of huge national armies;
+the example of Prussia, and the rancours which had been created by her
+policy, had set all the nations arming themselves. They had learned to
+measure their strength by their available man-power, and in two ways
+the desire to increase the reserve of military manhood formed a motive
+for colonisation. In the first place, the surplus manhood of a nation
+was lost to it if it was allowed to pass under an alien flag by
+emigration. Those continental states from which emigration took place
+on a large scale began to aspire after the possession of colonies of
+their own, where their emigrants could still be kept under control, and
+remain subject to the obligations of service. Germany, the state which
+beyond all others measures its strength by its fighting man-power, was
+most affected by this motive, which formed the chief theme of the
+colonial school among her politicians and journalists, and continued to
+be so even when the stream of her emigrants had dwindled to very small
+proportions. In a less degree, Italy was influenced by the same motive.
+In the second place, conquered subjects even of backward races might be
+made useful for the purposes of war. This motive appealed most strongly
+to France. Her home population was stationary. She lived in constant
+dread of a new onslaught from her formidable neighbour; and she watched
+with alarm the rapid increase of that neighbour's population, and the
+incessant increases in the numbers of his armies. At a later date
+Germany also began to be attracted by the possibility of drilling and
+arming, among the negroes of Central Africa, or the Turks of Asia
+Minor, forces which might aid her to dominate the world.
+
+Thus the political situation in Europe had a very direct influence upon
+the colonising activity of this period. The dominant fact of European
+politics during this generation was the supreme prestige and influence
+of Germany, who, not content with an unquestioned military superiority
+to any other power, had buttressed herself by the formation (1879 and
+1882) of the most formidable standing alliance that has ever existed in
+European history, and completely dominated European politics. France,
+having been hurled from the leadership of Europe in 1870, dreaded
+nothing so much as the outbreak of a new European war, in which she
+must be inevitably involved, and in which she might be utterly ruined.
+She strove to find a compensation for her wounded pride in colonial
+adventures, and therefore became, during the first part of the period,
+the most active of the powers in this field. She was encouraged to
+adopt this policy by Bismarck, partly in the hope that she might thus
+forget Alsace, partly in order that she might be kept on bad terms with
+Britain, whose interests seemed to be continually threatened by her
+colonising activity. But she hesitated to take a very definite line in
+regard to territories that lay close to Europe and might involve
+European complications.
+
+Bismarck himself took little interest in colonial questions, except in
+so far as they could be used as a means of alienating the other powers
+from one another, and so securing the European supremacy of Germany. He
+therefore at first made no attempt to use the dominant position of
+Germany as a means of acquiring extra-European dominions. But the
+younger generation in Germany was far from sharing this view. It was
+determined to win for Germany a world-empire, and in 1884 and the
+following years--rather late in the day, when most of the more
+desirable territories were already occupied--it forced Bismarck to
+annex large areas. After Bismarck's fall, in 1890, this party got the
+upper hand in German politics, and the creation of a great world-empire
+became, as we shall see, the supreme aim of William II. and his
+advisers. The formidable and threatening power of Germany began to be
+systematically employed not merely for the maintenance of supremacy in
+Europe, which could be secured by peaceful means, but for the
+acquisition of a commanding position in the outer world; and since this
+could only be attained by violence, the world being now almost
+completely partitioned, the new policy made Germany the source of
+unrest and apprehension, as she had earlier been, and still continued
+to be, the main cause of the burden of military preparation in Europe.
+
+Among the other powers which participated in the great partition,
+Russia continued her pressure in two of the three directions which she
+had earlier followed-south-eastwards in Central Asia, eastwards towards
+China. In both directions her activity aroused the nervous fears of
+Britain, while her pressure upon China helped to bring Japan into the
+ranks of the militant and aggressive powers. But Russia took no
+interest in the more distant quarters of the world. Nor did Austria,
+though during these years her old ambition to expand south-eastwards at
+the expense of Turkey and the Balkan peoples revived under German
+encouragement. Italy, having but recently achieved national unity and
+taken her place among the Great Powers, felt that she could not be left
+out of the running, now that extra-European possessions had come to
+appear an almost essential mark of greatness among states; and,
+disappointed of Tunis, she endeavoured to find compensation on the
+shores of the Red Sea. Spain and Portugal, in the midst of all these
+eager rivalries, were tempted to furbish up their old and half-dormant
+claims. Even the United States of America joined in the rush during the
+fevered period of the 'nineties.
+
+Lastly, Britain, the oldest and the most fully endowed of all the
+colonising powers, was drawn, half unwilling, into the competition; and
+having an immense start over her rivals, actually acquired more new
+territory than any of them. She was, indeed, like the other states,
+passing through an 'imperialist' phase in these years. The value
+attached by other countries to oversea possessions awakened among the
+British people a new pride in their far-spread dominions. Disraeli, who
+was in the ascendant when the period opened, had forgotten his old
+opinion of the uselessness of colonies, and had become a prophet of
+Empire. An Imperial Federation Society was founded in 1878. The old
+unwillingness to assume new responsibilities died out, or diminished;
+and the rapid annexations of other states, especially France, in
+regions where British influence had hitherto been supreme, and whose
+chieftains had often begged in vain for British protection, aroused
+some irritation. The ebullient energy of the colonists themselves,
+especially in South Africa and Australia, demanded a forward policy.
+Above all, the fact that the European powers, now so eager for colonial
+possessions, had all adopted the protectionist policy aroused a fear
+lest British traders should find themselves shut out from lands whose
+trade had hitherto been almost wholly in their hands; and the militant
+and aggressive temper sometimes shown by the agents of these powers
+awakened some nervousness regarding the safety of the existing British
+possessions. Hence Britain, after a period of hesitancy, became as
+active as any of the other states in annexation. Throughout this period
+her main rival was France, whose new claims seemed to come in conflict
+with her own in almost every quarter of the globe. This rivalry
+produced acute friction, which grew in intensity until it reached its
+culminating point in the crisis of Fashoda in 1898, and was not removed
+until the settlement of 1904 solved all the outstanding difficulties.
+It would be quite untrue to say that Britain deliberately endeavoured
+to prevent or to check the rapid colonial expansion of France. The
+truth is that British trading interests had been predominant in many of
+the regions where the French were most active, and that the
+protectionist policy which France had adopted stimulated into a new
+life the ancient rivalry of these neighbour and sister nations. Towards
+the colonial ambitions of Germany, and still more of Italy, Britain was
+far more complaisant.
+
+It is difficult to give in a brief space a clear summary of the
+extremely complicated events and intrigues of this vitally important
+period. But perhaps it will be easiest if we consider in turn the
+regions in which the strenuous rivalries of the powers displayed
+themselves. The most important was Africa, which lay invitingly near to
+Europe, and was the only large region of the world which was still for
+the most part unoccupied. Here all the competitors, save Russia, Japan,
+and America, played a part. Western Asia formed a second field, in
+which three powers only, Russia, Germany, and Britain, were immediately
+concerned. The Far East, where the vast Empire of China seemed to be
+falling into decrepitude, afforded the most vexed problems of the
+period. Finally, the Pacific Islands were the scene of an active though
+less intense rivalry.
+
+It is a curious fact that Africa, the continent whose outline was the
+first outside of Europe itself to be fully mapped out by the European
+peoples, was actually the last to be effectively brought under the
+influence of European civilisation. This was because the coasts of
+Africa are for the most part inhospitable; its vast interior plateau is
+almost everywhere shut off either by belts of desert land, or by swampy
+and malarious regions along the coast; even its great rivers do not
+readily tempt the explorer inland, because their course is often
+interrupted by falls or rapids not far from their mouths, where they
+descend from the interior plateau to the coastal plain; and its
+inhabitants, warlike and difficult to deal with, are also peoples of
+few and simple wants, who have little to offer to the trader. Hence
+eight generations of European mariners had circumnavigated the
+continent without seriously attempting to penetrate its central mass;
+and apart from the Anglo-Dutch settlements at the Southern extremity,
+the French empire in Algeria in the north, a few trading centres on the
+West Coast, and some half-derelict Portuguese stations in Angola and
+Mozambique, the whole continent remained available for European
+exploitation in 1878.
+
+What trade was carried on, except in Egypt, in Algeria, and in the
+immediate vicinity of the old French settlements on the West Coast, was
+mainly in the hands of British merchants. Over the greater part of the
+coastal belts only the British power was known to the native tribes and
+chieftains. Many of them (like the Sultan of Zanzibar and the chiefs of
+the Cameroons) had repeatedly begged to be taken under British
+protection, and had been refused. During the two generations before
+1878 the interior of the continent had begun to be known. But except in
+the north and north-west, where French explorers and a few Germans had
+been active, the work had been mainly done by British travellers. Most
+of the great names of African exploration--Livingstone, Burton, Speke,
+Baker, Cameron and the Anglo-American Stanley--were British names.
+These facts, of course, gave to Britain, already so richly endowed, no
+sort of claim to a monopoly of the continent. But they naturally gave
+her a right to a voice in its disposal. Only the French had shown
+anything like the same activity, or had established anything like the
+same interests; and they were far behind their secular rivals.
+
+But these facts bring out one feature which differentiated the
+settlement of Africa from that of any other region of the non-European
+world. It was not a gradual, but an extraordinarily rapid achievement.
+It was based not upon claims established by work already done, but, for
+the most part, upon the implicit assumption that extra-European empire
+was the due of the European peoples, simply because they were civilised
+and powerful. This was the justification, in a large degree, of all the
+European empires in Africa. But it was especially so in the case of the
+empire which Germany created in the space of three years. This empire
+was not the product of German enterprise in the regions included within
+it; it was the product of Germany's dominating position in Europe, and
+the expression of her resolve to create an external empire worthy of
+that position.
+
+Africa falls naturally into two great regions. The northern coast,
+separated from the main mass of the continent by the broad belt of
+deserts which runs from the Atlantic to the Red Sea, has always been
+far more ultimately connected with the other Mediterranean lands than
+with the rest of Africa. Throughout the course of history, indeed, the
+northern coast-lands have belonged rather to the realms of Western or
+of Asiatic civilisation than to the primitive barbarism of the sons of
+Ham. In the days of the Carthaginians and of the Roman Empire, all
+these lands, from Egypt to Morocco, had known a high civilisation. They
+were racially as well as historically distinct from the rest of the
+continent. They had been in name part of the Turkish Empire, and any
+European interference in their affairs was as much a question of
+European politics as the problems of the Balkans. Two countries in this
+area fell under European direction during the period with which we are
+concerned, and in each case the effects upon European politics were
+very great. In 1881 France, with the deliberate encouragement of
+Bismarck, sent armies into Tunis, and assumed the protectorate of that
+misgoverned region. She had good grounds for her action. Not only had
+she large trade-interests in Tunis, but the country was separated from
+her earlier dominion in Algeria only by an artificial line, and its
+disorders increased the difficulty of developing the efficient
+administration which she had established there. Unhappily Italy also
+had interests in Tunis. There were more Italian than French residents
+in the country, which is separated from Sicily only by a narrow belt of
+sea. And Italy, who was beginning to conceive colonial ambitions, had
+not unnaturally marked down Tunis as her most obvious sphere of
+influence. The result was to create a long-lived ill-feeling between
+the two Latin countries. As a consequence of the annexation of Tunis,
+Italy was persuaded in the next year (1882) to join the Triple
+Alliance; and France, having burnt her fingers, became chary of
+colonial adventures in regions that were directly under the eye of
+Europe. Isolated, insecure, and eternally suspicious of Germany, she
+could not afford to be drawn into European quarrels. This is in a large
+degree the explanation of her vacillating action in regard to Egypt.
+
+In Egypt the political influence of France had been preponderant ever
+since the time of Mehemet Ali; perhaps we should say, ever since the
+time of Napoleon. And political influence had been accompanied by
+trading and financial interests. France had a larger share of the trade
+of Egypt, and had lent more money to the ruling princes of the country,
+than any other country save England. She had designed and executed the
+Suez Canal. But this waterway, once opened, was used mainly by British
+ships on the way to India, Australia, and the Far East. It became a
+point of vital strategic importance to Britain, who, though she had
+opposed its construction, eagerly seized the chance of buying a great
+block of shares in the enterprise from the bankrupt Khedive. Thus
+French and British interests in Egypt were equally great; greater than
+those of all the rest of Europe put together. When the native
+government of Egypt fell into bankruptcy (1876), the two powers set up
+a sort of condominium, or joint control of the finances, in order to
+ensure the payment of interest on the Egyptian debt held by their
+citizens. To bankruptcy succeeded political chaos; and it became
+apparent that if the rich land of Egypt was not to fall into utter
+anarchy, there must be direct European intervention. The two powers
+proposed to take joint action; the rest of Europe assented. But the
+Sultan of Turkey, as suzerain of Egypt, threatened to make
+difficulties. At the last moment France, fearful of the complications
+that might result, and resolute to avoid the danger of European war,
+withdrew from the project of joint intervention. Britain went on alone;
+and although she hoped and believed that she would quickly be able to
+restore order, and thereupon to evacuate the country, found herself
+drawn into a labour of reconstruction that could not be dropped. We
+shall in the next chapter have more to say on the British occupation of
+Egypt, as part of the British achievement during this period. In the
+meanwhile, its immediate result was continuous friction between France
+and Britain. France could not forgive herself or Britain for the
+opportunity which she had lost. The embitterment caused by the Egyptian
+question lasted throughout the period, and was not healed till the
+Entente of 1904. It intensified and exacerbated the rivalry of the two
+countries in other fields. It made each country incapable of judging
+fairly the actions of the other. To wounded and embittered France, the
+perfectly honest British explanations of the reasons for delay in
+evacuating Egypt seemed only so many evidences of hypocrisy masking
+greed. To Britain the French attitude seemed fractious and
+unreasonable, and she suspected in every French forward movement in
+other fields--notably in the Eastern Soudan and the upper valley of the
+Nile--an attempt to attack or undermine her. Thus Egypt, like Tunis,
+illustrated the influence of European politics in the extra-European
+field. The power that profited most was Germany, who had strengthened
+herself by drawing Italy into the Triple Alliance, and had kept France
+at her mercy by using colonial questions as a means of alienating her
+from her natural friends. It was, in truth, only from this point of
+view that colonial questions had any interest for Bismarck. He was, as
+he repeatedly asserted almost to the day of his death, 'no colony man.'
+But the time was at hand when he was to be forced out of this attitude.
+For already the riches of tropical Africa were beginning to attract the
+attention of Europe.
+
+The most active and energetic of the powers in tropical Africa was
+France. From her ancient foothold at Senegal she was already, in the
+late 'seventies, pushing inland towards the upper waters of the Niger;
+while further south her vigorous explorer de Brazza was penetrating the
+hinterland behind the French coastal settlements north of the Congo
+mouth. Meanwhile the explorations of Livingstone and Stanley had given
+the world some conception of the wealth of the vast exterior. In 1876
+Leopold, King of the Belgians, summoned a conference at Brussels to
+consider the possibility of setting the exploration and settlement of
+Africa upon an international basis. Its result was the formation of an
+International African Association, with branches in all the principal
+countries. But from the first the branches dropped all serious pretence
+of international action. They became (so far as they exercised any
+influence) purely national organisations for the purpose of acquiring
+the maximum amount of territory for their own states. And the central
+body, after attempting a few unsuccessful exploring expeditions,
+practically resolved itself into the organ of King Leopold himself, and
+aimed at creating a neutral state in Central Africa under his
+protection. In 1878 H. M. Stanley returned from the exploration of the
+Congo. He was at once invited by King Leopold to undertake the
+organisation of the Congo basin for his Association, and set out again
+for that purpose in 1879. But he soon found himself in conflict with
+the active French agents under de Brazza, who had made their way into
+the Congo valley from the north-west. And at the same time Portugal,
+reviving ancient and dormant claims, asserted that the Congo belonged
+to her. It was primarily to find a solution for these disputes that the
+Berlin Conference was summoned in December 1884. Meanwhile the rush for
+territory was going on furiously in other regions of Africa. Not only
+on the Congo, but on the Guinea Coast and its hinterland, France was
+showing an immense activity, and was threatening to reduce to small
+coastal enclaves the old British settlements on this coast. Only the
+energy shown by a group of British merchants, who formed themselves
+into a National African Company in 1881, and the vigorous action of
+their leader, Mr. (afterwards Sir) George Taubman Goldie, prevented the
+extrusion of British interests from the greater part of the Niger
+valley, where they had hitherto been supreme. In Madagascar, too, the
+ancient ambitions of France had revived. Though British trading and
+missionary activities in the island were at this date probably greater
+than French, France claimed large rights, especially in the north-east
+of the island. These claims drew her into a war with the native power
+of the Hovas, which began in 1883, and ended in 1885 with a vague
+recognition of French suzerainty. Again, Italy had, in 1883, obtained
+her first foothold in Eritrea, on the shore of the Red Sea. And
+Germany, also, had suddenly made up her mind to embark upon the career
+of empire. In 1883 the Bremen merchant, Luderitz, appeared in
+South-west Africa, where there were a few German mission stations and
+trading-centres, and annexed a large area which Bismarck was persuaded
+to take under the formal protection of Germany. This region had
+hitherto been vaguely regarded as within the British sphere, but though
+native princes, missionaries, and in 1868 even the Prussian government,
+had requested Britain to establish a formal protectorate, she had
+always declined to do so. In the next year another German agent, Dr.
+Nachtigal, was commissioned by the German government to report on
+German trade interests on the West Coast, and the British government
+was formally acquainted with his mission and requested to instruct its
+agents to assist him. The real purpose of the mission was shown when
+Nachtigal made a treaty with the King of Togoland, on the Guinea Coast,
+whereby he accepted German suzerainty. A week later a similar treaty
+was made with some of the native chiefs in the Cameroons. In this
+region British interests had hitherto been predominant, and the chiefs
+had repeatedly asked for British protection, which had always been
+refused. A little later the notorious Karl Peters, with a few
+companions disguised as working engineers, arrived at Zanzibar on the
+East Coast, with a commission from the German Colonial Society to peg
+out German claims. In the island of Zanzibar British interests had long
+been overwhelmingly predominant; and the Sultan, who had large and
+vague claims to supremacy over a vast extent of the mainland, had
+repeatedly asked the British government to take these regions under its
+protectorate. He had always been refused. Peters' luggage consisted
+largely of draft treaty-forms; and he succeeded in making treaties with
+native princes (usually unaware of the meaning of the documents they
+were signing) whereby some 60,000 square miles were brought under
+German control. The protectorate over these lands had not been accepted
+by the German government when the Conference of Berlin met. It was
+formally accepted in the next year (1885). Far from being opposed by
+Britain, the establishment of German power in East Africa was actually
+welcomed by the British government, whose foreign secretary, Earl
+Granville, wrote that his government 'views with favour these schemes,
+the realisation of which will entail the civilisation of large tracts
+over which hitherto no European influence has been exercised.' And when
+a group of British traders began to take action further north, in the
+territory which later became British East Africa, and in which Peters
+had done nothing, the British government actually consulted the German
+government before licensing their action. Thus before the meeting of
+the Conference of Berlin the foundations of the German empire in Africa
+were already laid; the outlines of the vast French empire in the north
+had begun to appear; and the curious dominion of Leopold of Belgium in
+the Congo valley had begun to take shape.
+
+The Conference of Berlin (Dec. 1884-Feb. 1885), which marks the close
+of the first stage in the partition of Africa, might have achieved
+great things if it had endeavoured to lay down the principles upon
+which European control over backward peoples should be exercised. But
+it made no such ambitious attempt. It prescribed the rules of the game
+of empire-building, ordaining that all protectorates should be formally
+notified by the power which assumed them to the other powers, and that
+no annexation should be made of territory which was not 'effectively'
+occupied; but evidently the phrase 'effective occupation' can be very
+laxly interpreted. It provided that there should be free navigation of
+the Congo and Niger rivers, and freedom of trade for alienations within
+the Congo valley and certain other vaguely defined areas. But it made
+no similar provision for other parts of Africa; and it whittled away
+the value of what it did secure by the definite proviso that should
+parts of these areas be annexed by independent states, the restriction
+upon their control of trade should lapse. It recognised the illegality
+of the slave-trade, and imposed upon annexing powers the duty of
+helping to suppress it; this provision was made much fuller and more
+definite by a second conference at Brussels in 1890, on the demand of
+Britain, who had hitherto contended almost alone against the traffic in
+human flesh. But no attempt was made to define native rights, to
+safeguard native customs, to prohibit the maintenance of forces larger
+than would be necessary for the maintenance of order: in short, no
+attempt was made to lay down the doctrine that the function of a ruling
+power among backward peoples is that of a trustee on behalf of its
+simple subjects and on behalf of civilisation. That the partition of
+Africa should have been effected without open war, and that the
+questions decided at Berlin should have been so easily and peacefully
+agreed upon, seemed at the moment to be a good sign. But the spirit
+which the conference expressed was not a healthy spirit.
+
+After 1884 the activity of the powers in exploration, annexation and
+development became more furious than ever. Britain now began seriously
+to arouse herself to the danger of exclusion from vast areas where her
+interests had hitherto been predominant; and it was during these years
+that all her main acquisitions of territory in Africa were made:
+Rhodesia and Central Africa in the south, East Africa and Somaliland in
+the East, Nigeria and the expansion of her lesser protectorates in the
+West. To these years also belonged the definite, and most unfortunate,
+emergence of Italy as a colonising power. She had got a foothold in
+Eritrea in 1883; in 1885 it was, with British aid, enlarged by the
+annexation of territory which had once been held by Egypt, but had been
+abandoned when she lost the Soudan. But the Italian claims in Eritrea
+brought on conflict with the neighbouring native power of Abyssinia. In
+spite of a sharp defeat at Dogali in 1887, she succeeded in holding her
+own in this conflict; and in 1889 Abyssinia accepted a treaty which
+Italy claimed to be a recognition of her suzerainty. But the
+Abyssinians repudiated this interpretation; and in a new war, which
+began in 1896, inflicted upon the Italians so disastrous a defeat at
+Adowa that they were constrained to admit the complete independence of
+Abyssinia--the sole native state which has so far been able to hold its
+own against the pressure of Europe. Meanwhile in 1889 and the following
+years Italy had, once more with the direct concurrence of Britain,
+marked out a new territory in Somaliland.
+
+The main features of the years from 1884 to 1900 were the rapidity with
+which the territories earlier annexed were expanded and organised, more
+especially by France. In the 'nineties her dominions extended from the
+Mediterranean to the Guinea Coast, and she had conceived the ambition
+of extending them also across Africa from West to East. This ambition
+led her into a new and more acute conflict with Britain, who, having
+undertaken the reconquest of the Egyptian Soudan and the upper valley
+of the Nile, held that she could not permit a rival to occupy the upper
+waters of the great river, or any part of the territory that belonged
+to it. Hence when the intrepid explorer, Marchand, after a toilsome
+expedition which lasted for two years, planted the French flag at
+Fashoda in 1898, he was promptly disturbed by Kitchener, fresh from the
+overthrow of the Khalifa and the reconquest of Khartoum, and was
+compelled to withdraw. The tension was severe; no episode in the
+partition of Africa had brought the world so near to the outbreak of a
+European war. But in the end the dispute was settled by the
+Anglo-French agreement of 1898, which may be said to mark the
+conclusion of the process of partition. It was the last important
+treaty in a long series which filled the twenty years following 1878,
+and which had the result of leaving Africa, with the exception of
+Morocco, Tripoli, and Abyssinia, completely divided among the chief
+European states. Africa was the main field of the ambitions and
+rivalries of the European powers during this period; the other fields
+may be more rapidly surveyed. In Central Asia and the Near East the
+main features of the period were two. The first was the steady advance
+of Russia towards the south-east, which awakened acute alarms in
+Britain regarding India, and led to the adoption of a 'forward policy'
+among the frontier tribes in the north-west of India. The second was
+the gradual and silent penetration of Turkey by German influence. Here
+there was no partition or annexation, But Germany became the political
+protector of the Turk; undertook the reorganisation of his armies;
+obtained great commercial concessions; bought up his railways, ousting
+the earlier British and French concerns which had controlled them, and
+built new lines. The greatest of these was the vitally important
+project of the Bagdad railway, which was taken in hand just before the
+close of the period. It was a project whose political aims outweighed
+its commercial aims. And it provided a warning of the gigantic designs
+which Germany was beginning to work out. But as yet, in 1900, the
+magnitude of these designs was unperceived. And the problems of the
+Middle East were not yet very disturbing. The Turkish Empire remained
+intact; so did the Persian Empire, though both were becoming more
+helpless, partly owing to the decrepitude of their governments, partly
+owing to the pressure of European financial and trading interests. As
+yet the empires of the Middle East seemed to form a region
+comparatively free from European influence. But this was only seeming.
+The influence of Europe was at work in them; and it was probably
+inevitable that some degree of European political tutelage should
+follow as the only means of preventing the disintegration which must
+result from the pouring of new wine into the old bottles.
+
+In the Far East--in the vast empire of China--this result seemed to be
+coming about inevitably and rapidly. The ancient pot-bound civilisation
+of China had withstood the impact of the West in the mid-nineteenth
+century without breaking down; but China had made no attempt, such as
+Japan had triumphantly carried out, to adapt herself to the new
+conditions, and her system was slowly crumbling under the influence of
+the European traders, teachers, and missionaries whom she had been
+compelled to admit. The first of the powers to take advantage of this
+situation was France, who already possessed a footing in Cochin-China,
+and was tempted during the colonial enthusiasm of the 'eighties to
+transform it into a general supremacy over Annam and Tonking. As early
+as 1874 she had obtained from the King of Annam a treaty which she
+interpreted as giving her suzerain powers. The King of Annam himself
+repudiated this interpretation, and maintained that he was a vassal of
+China. China took the same view; and after long negotiations a war
+between France and China broke out. It lasted for four years, and
+demanded a large expenditure of strength. But it ended (1885) with the
+formal recognition of French suzerainty over Annam, and a further
+decline of Chinese prestige.
+
+Ten years later a still more striking proof of Chinese weakness was
+afforded by the rapid and complete defeat of the vast, ill-organised
+empire by Japan, the youngest of the great powers. The war gave to
+Japan Formosa and the Pescadores Islands, and added her to the list of
+imperialist powers. She would have won more still--the Liao-tang
+Peninsula and a sort of suzerainty over Korea--but that the European
+powers, startled by the signs of China's decay, and perhaps desiring a
+share of the plunder, intervened to forbid these annexations, on the
+pretext of defending the integrity of China. Russia, France and Germany
+combined in this step; Britain stood aloof. Japan, unwillingly giving
+way, and regarding Russia as the chief cause of her humiliation, began
+to prepare herself for a coming conflict. As for unhappy China, she was
+soon to learn how much sincerity there was in the zeal of Europe for
+the maintenance of her integrity. In 1896 she was compelled to permit
+Russia to build a railway across Manchuria; and to grant to France a
+'rectification of frontiers' on the south, and the right of building a
+railway through the province of Yunnan, which lies next to Tonking. The
+partition of China seemed to be at hand. Britain and America vainly
+urged upon the other powers that China should be left free to direct
+her own affairs subject to the maintenance of 'the open door' for
+European trade. The other powers refused to listen, and in 1897 the
+beginning of the end seemed to have come. Germany, seizing on the
+pretext afforded by the murder of two German missionaries, stretched
+forth her 'mailed fist,' and seized the strong place and admirable
+harbour of Kiao-chau, the most valuable strategic position on the
+Chinese coast. That she meant to use it as a base for future expansion
+was shown by her lavish expenditure upon its equipment and
+fortification. Russia responded by seizing the strong place of Port
+Arthur and the Liao-Tang Peninsula, while every day her hold upon the
+great province of Manchuria was strengthened. Foreseeing a coming
+conflict in which her immense trading interests would be imperilled,
+Britain acquired a naval base on the Chinese coast by leasing
+Wei-hai-Wei. Thus all the European rivals were clustered round the
+decaying body of China; and in the last years of the century were
+already beginning to claim 'spheres of influence,' despite the protests
+of Britain and America. But the outburst of the Boxer Rising in
+1900--caused mainly by resentment of foreign intervention--had the
+effect of postponing the rush for Chinese territory. And when Britain
+and Japan made an alliance in 1902 on the basis of guaranteeing the
+status quo in the East, the overwhelming naval strength of the two
+allies made a European partition of China impracticable; and China was
+once more given a breathing-space. Only Russia could attack the Chinese
+Empire by land; and the severe defeat which she suffered at the hands
+of Japan in 1904-5 removed that danger also. The Far East was left with
+a chance of maintaining its independence, and of voluntarily adapting
+itself to the needs of a new age.
+
+The last region in which territories remained available for European
+annexation consisted of the innumerable archipelagoes of the Pacific
+Ocean. Here the preponderant influence had been in the hands of Britain
+ever since the days of Captain Cook. She had made some annexations
+during the first three quarters of the century, but had on the whole
+steadfastly refused the requests of many of the island peoples to be
+taken under her protection. France had, as we have seen, acquired New
+Caledonia and the Marquesas Islands during the previous period, but her
+activity in this region was never very great. The only other European
+power in possession of Pacific territories was Spain, who held the
+great archipelago of the Philippines, and claimed also the numerous
+minute islands (nearly six hundred in number) which are known as
+Micronesia. When the colonial enthusiasm of the 'eighties began,
+Germany saw a fruitful field in the Pacific, and annexed the Bismarck
+Archipelago and the north-eastern quarter of New Guinea. Under pressure
+from Australia, who feared to see so formidable a neighbour established
+so near her coastline, Britain annexed the south-eastern quarter of
+that huge island. During the 'nineties the partition of the Pacific
+Islands was completed; the chief participators being Germany, Britain,
+and the United States of America.
+
+The entry of America into the race for imperial possessions in its last
+phase was too striking an event to pass without comment. America
+annexed Hawaii in 1898, and divided the Samoan group with Germany in
+1899. But her most notable departure from her traditional policy of
+self-imposed isolation from world-politics came when in 1898 she was
+drawn by the Cuban question into a war with Spain. Its result was the
+disappearance of the last relics of the Spanish Empire in the New World
+and in the Pacific. Cuba became an independent republic. Porto Rico was
+annexed by America. In the Pacific the Micronesian possessions of Spain
+were acquired by Germany. Germany would fain have annexed also the
+Philippine Islands. But America resolved herself to assume the task of
+organising and governing these rich lands; and in doing so made a grave
+breach with her traditions. Her new possession necessarily drew her
+into closer relations with the problems of the Far East; it gave her
+also some acquaintance with the difficulty of introducing Western
+methods among a backward people. During these years of universal
+imperialist excitement the spirit of imperialism seemed to have
+captured America as it had captured the European states; and this was
+expressed in a new interpretation of the Monroe doctrine, put forth by
+the Secretary of State during the Venezuela controversy of 1895. 'The
+United States,' said Mr. Olney, 'is practically sovereign on this
+continent (meaning both North and South America), 'and its fiat is law
+upon the subjects to which it confines its interposition.' No such
+gigantic imperial claim had ever been put forward by any European
+state; and it constituted an almost defiant challenge to the
+imperialist powers of Europe. It may safely be said that this dictum
+did not represent the settled judgment of the American people. But it
+did appear, in the last years of the century, as if the great republic
+were about to emerge from her self-imposed isolation, and to take her
+natural part in the task of planting the civilisation of the West
+throughout the world. Had she frankly done so, had she made it plain
+that she recognised the indissoluble unity and the common interests of
+the whole world, it is possible that her influence might have eased the
+troubles of the next period, and exercised a deterrent influence upon
+the forces of disturbance which were working towards the great
+catastrophe. But her traditions were too strong; and after the brief
+imperialist excitement of the 'nineties, she gradually relapsed once
+more into something like her old attitude of aloofness.
+
+It is but a cursory and superficial view which we have been able to
+take of this extraordinary quarter of a century, during which almost
+the whole world was partitioned among a group of mighty empires, and
+the political and economic unity of the globe was finally and
+irrefragably established. Few regions had escaped the direct political
+control of European powers; and most of these few were insensibly
+falling under the influence of one or other of the powers: Turkey under
+that of Germany, Persia under that of Russia and Britain. No region of
+the earth remained exempt from the indirect influence of the European
+system. The civilisation of the West had completed the domination of
+the globe; and the interests of the great world-states were so
+intertwined and intermingled in every corner of the earth that the
+balance of power among them had become as precarious as was the
+European balance in the eighteenth century. The era of the world-states
+had very definitely opened. It remained to be seen in what spirit it
+was to be used, and whether it was to be of long duration. These two
+questions are one; for no system can last which is based upon injustice
+and the denial of right.
+
+At this point we may well stop to survey the new world-states which had
+been created by this quarter of a century of eager competition.
+
+First among them, in extent and importance, stood the new empire of
+France. It covered a total area of five million square miles, and in
+size ranked third in order, coming after the older empires of Russia
+and Britain. It had been the result of the strenuous labours of
+three-quarters of a century, dating from the first invasion of Algiers;
+it included also some surviving fragments of the earlier French Empire.
+But overwhelmingly the greater part of this vast dominion had been
+acquired during the short period which we have surveyed in this
+chapter; and its system of organisation and government had not yet had
+time to establish itself. It had been built only at the cost of
+strenuous labour, and many wars. Yet the French had shown in its
+administration that they still retained to the full that imaginative
+tact in the handling of alien peoples which had stood them in good
+stead in India and America during the eighteenth century. Once their
+rule was established the French had on the whole very little trouble
+with their subjects; and it is impossible to praise too highly the
+labours of civilisation which French administrators were achieving. So
+far as their subjects were concerned, they may justly be said to have
+regarded themselves as trustees. So far as the rest of the civilised
+world was concerned, the same praise cannot be given; for the French
+policy in the economic administration of colonies was definitely one of
+monopoly and exclusion. The French Empire fell into three main blocks.
+First, and most important, was the empire of Northern Africa, extending
+from Algiers to the mouth of the Congo, and from the Atlantic to the
+valley of the Nile. Next came the rich island of Madagascar; lastly the
+eastern empire of Annam and Tonking, the beginnings of which dated back
+to the eighteenth century. A few inconsiderable islands in the Pacific
+and the West Indies, acquired long since, a couple of towns in India,
+memories of the dreams of Dupleix, and the province of French Guiana in
+South America, which dated back to the seventeenth century, completed
+the list. For the most part a recent and rapid creation, it
+nevertheless had roots in the past, and was the work of a people
+experienced in the handling of backward races.
+
+Next may be named the curious dominion of the Congo Free State,
+occupying the rich heart of the African continent. Nominally it
+belonged to no European power, but was a recognised neutral territory.
+In practice it was treated as the personal estate of the Belgian king,
+Leopold II. Subject to closer international restrictions than any other
+European domain in the non-European world, the Congo was nevertheless
+the field of some of the worst iniquities in the exploitation of
+defenceless natives that have ever disgraced the record of European
+imperialism. International regulations are no safeguard against
+misgovernment; the only real sanction is the character and spirit of
+the government. For the Congo iniquities Leopold II. must be held
+guilty at the bar of posterity. When he went to his judgment in 1908
+this rich realm passed under the direct control of the Belgian
+government and parliament, and an immediate improvement resulted.
+
+The least successful of the new world-states was that of Italy. Its
+story was a story of disaster and disappointment. It included some two
+hundred thousand square miles of territory; but they were hot and arid
+lands on the inhospitable shores of the Red Sea and in Somaliland.
+Italy had as yet no real opportunity of showing how she would deal with
+the responsibilities of empire.
+
+The most remarkable, in many respects, of all these suddenly acquired
+empires was that of Germany. For it was practically all obtained within
+a period of three years, without fighting or even serious friction. It
+fell almost wholly within regions where Germany's interests had been
+previously negligible, and British trade predominant. Yet its growth
+had not been impeded, it had even been welcomed, by its rivals. This
+easily-won empire was indeed relatively small, being not much over one
+million square miles, little more than one-fifth of the French
+dominions. But it was five times as large as Germany itself, and it
+included territories which were, on the whole, richer than those of
+France. The comparative smallness of its area was due to the fact that
+Germany was actually the last to enter the race. She took no steps to
+acquire territory, she showed no desire to acquire it, before 1883; if
+she had chosen to begin ten years earlier, as she might easily have
+done, or if she had shown any marked activity in exploring or
+missionary work, without doubt she could have obtained a much larger
+share of African soil.
+
+These rich lands afforded to their new masters useful supplies of raw
+materials, which were capable of almost indefinite expansion. They
+included, in East and South-West Africa, areas well suited for white
+settlement; but German emigrants, despite every encouragement, refused
+to settle in them. An elaborately scientific system of administration,
+such as might be expected from the German bureaucracy, was devised for
+the colonies; officials and soldiers have from the beginning formed a
+larger proportion of their white population than in any other European
+possessions. Undoubtedly the government of the German colonies was in
+many respects extremely efficient. But over-administration, which has
+its defects even in an old and well-ordered country, is fatal to the
+development of a raw and new one. Although Germany has, in order to
+increase the prosperity of her colonies, encouraged foreign trade, and
+followed a far less exclusive policy than France, not one of her
+colonies, except the little West African district of Togoland, has ever
+paid its own expenses. In the first generation of its existence the
+German colonial empire, small though it is in comparison with the
+British or the French, actually cost the home government over
+100,000,000 pounds in direct outlay.
+
+The main cause of this was that from the first the Germans showed
+neither skill nor sympathy in the handling of their subject
+populations. The uniformed official, with his book of rules, only
+bewilders primitive folk, and arouses their resentment. But it was not
+only official pedantry which caused trouble with the subject peoples;
+still more it was the ruthless spirit of mere domination, and the total
+disregard of native rights, which were displayed by the German
+administration. The idea of trusteeship, which had gradually
+established itself among the rulers of the British dominions, and in
+the French colonies also, was totally lacking among the Germans. They
+ruled their primitive subjects with the brutal intolerance of Zabern,
+with the ruthless cruelty since displayed in occupied Belgium. This was
+what made the rise of the German dominion a terrible portent in the
+history of European imperialism. The spirit of mere domination,
+regardless of the rights of the conquered, had often shown itself in
+other European empires; but it had always had to struggle against
+another and better ideal, the ideal of trusteeship; and, as we have
+seen, the better ideal had, during the nineteenth century, definitely
+got the upper hand, especially in the British realms, whose experience
+had been longest. But the old and bad spirit reigned without check in
+the German realms. And even when, in 1907, it began to be seriously
+criticised, when its disastrous and unprofitable results began to be
+seen, the ground on which it was challenged in discussions in Germany
+was mainly the materialist ground that it did not pay.
+
+The justification for these assertions is to be found in the history of
+the principal German colonies. In the Cameroons the native tribes, who
+had been so ready to receive European government that they had
+repeatedly asked for British protection, were driven to such incessant
+revolts that the annals of the colony seem to be annals of continuous
+bloodshed: forty-six punitive expeditions were chronicled in the
+seventeen years from 1891--long after the establishment of the German
+supremacy, which took place in 1884. The record of East Africa was even
+more terrible for the ferocity with which constant revolts were
+suppressed. But worst of all was the story of South-West Africa. There
+were endless wars against the various tribes; but they culminated in
+the hideous Herero war of 1903-6. The Hereros, driven to desperation by
+maltreatment, had revolted and killed some white farmers. They were
+punished by an almost complete annihilation. The spirit of this hideous
+slaughter is sufficiently expressed by the proclamation of the
+governor, General von Trotha, in 1904. 'The Herero people must now
+leave the land. Within the German frontier every Herero, with or
+without weapon, with or without cattle, will be shot. I shall take
+charge of no more women and children, but shall drive them back to
+their people, or let them be shot at.' Ten thousand of these unhappy
+people, mainly old men, women and children, were driven into the
+desert, where they perished. There is no such atrocious episode in the
+history of European imperialism since Pizarro's slaughter of the Incas;
+if even that can be compared with it.
+
+The causes of these ceaseless and ruinous wars were to be found partly
+in the total disregard of native custom, and in the hide-bound pedantry
+with which German-made law and the Prussian system of regimentation
+were enforced upon the natives; but it was to be found still more in
+the assumption that the native had no rights as against his white lord.
+His land might be confiscated; his cattle driven away; even downright
+slavery was not unknown, not merely in the form of forced labour, which
+has been common in German colonies, but in the form of the actual sale
+and purchase of negroes. Herr Dernburg, who became Colonial Secretary
+in 1907, himself recorded that he met in East Africa a young farmer who
+told him that he had just bought a hundred and fifty negroes; he also
+described the settlers' pleasing practice of sitting beside the wells
+with revolvers, in order to prevent the natives from watering their
+cattle, and to force them to leave them behind; and he noted that
+officials nearly always carried negro whips with them. These practices,
+indeed, were condemned by the German Government itself, but only after
+many years, and mainly because they were wasteful. Government
+representatives have told the Reichstag, as Herr Schleitwein did in
+1904, that they must pursue a 'healthy egoism,' and forswear
+'humanitarianism and irrational sentimentality.' 'The Hereros must be
+forced to work, and to work without compensation and for their food
+only. ... The sentiments of Christianity and philanthropy with which
+the missionaries work must be repudiated with all energy.' This is what
+is called Realpolitik.
+
+Is it too much to say that the appearance of the spirit thus expressed
+was a new thing in the history of European imperialism? Is it not plain
+that if this spirit should triumph, the ascendancy of Europe over the
+non-European world must prove to be, not a blessing, but an unmitigated
+curse? Yet the nation which had thus acquitted itself in the rich lands
+which it had so easily acquired was not satisfied; it desired a wider
+field for the exhibition of its Kultur, its conception of civilisation.
+
+From the beginning it was evident that the colonial enthusiasts of
+Germany had no intention of resting satisfied with the considerable
+dominions they had won, but regarded them only as a beginning, as bases
+for future conquests. The colonies were not ends in themselves, but
+means for the acquisition of further power; and it was this, even more
+than the ruthlessness with which the subject peoples were treated,
+which made the growth of the German dominions a terrible portent. For
+since the whole world was now portioned out, new territories could only
+be acquired at the cost of Germany's neighbours. This was, indeed, at
+first the programme only of extremists; the mass of the German people,
+like Bismarck, took little interest in colonies. But the extremists
+proved that they could win over the government to their view; the
+German people, most docile of nations, could be gradually indoctrinated
+with it. And because this was so, because the ugly spirit of domination
+and of unbridled aggressiveness was in these years gradually mastering
+the ruling forces of a very powerful state, and leading them towards
+the catastrophe which was to prove the culmination of European
+imperialism, it is necessary to dwell, at what may seem
+disproportionate length, upon the development of German policy during
+the later years of our period.
+
+Filled with pride in her own achievements, believing herself to be,
+beyond all rivalry, the greatest nation in the world, already the
+leader, and destined to be the controller, of civilisation, Germany
+could not bring herself to accept a second place in the imperial
+sphere. She had entered late into the field, by no fault of her own,
+and found all the most desirable regions of the earth already occupied.
+Now that 'world-power' had become the test of greatness among states,
+she could be content with nothing short of the first rank among
+world-states; if this rank could not be achieved, she seemed to be
+sentenced to the same sort of fate as had befallen Holland or Denmark:
+she might be ever so prosperous, as these little states were, but she
+would be dwarfed by the vast powers which surrounded her. But the
+German world-state was not to be the result of a gradual and natural
+growth, like the Russian, the British or the American world-states. The
+possibility of gradual growth was excluded by the fact that the whole
+world had been partitioned. Greatness in the non-European world must
+be, and might be, carved out in a single generation, as supremacy in
+Europe had been already attained, by the strong will, efficient
+organisation, and military might of the German government.
+
+It was natural, perhaps inevitable, that a nation with the history of
+the German nation, with its ruling ideas, and with its apparently
+well-tried confidence in the power of its government to achieve its
+ends by force, should readily accept such a programme. The date at
+which this programme captured the government of Germany, and became the
+national policy, can be quite clearly fixed: it was in 1890, when
+Bismarck, the 'no colony man,' was driven from power, and the supreme
+direction of national affairs fell into the hands of the Emperor
+William II. An impressionable, domineering and magniloquent prince,
+inflated by the hereditary self-assurance of the Hohenzollerns, and
+sharing to the full the modern German belief in German superiority and
+in Germany's imperial destiny, William II. became the spokesman and
+leader of an almost insanely megalomaniac, but terribly formidable
+nation. During the first decade of his government the new ambitions of
+Germany were gradually formulated, and became more distinct. They were
+not yet very apparent to the rest of the world, in spite of the fact
+that they were expounded with vigour and emphasis in a multitude of
+pamphlets and books. The world was even ready to believe the Emperor's
+assertion that he was the friend of peace: he half believed it himself,
+because he would have been very ready to keep the peace if Germany's
+'rights' could be attained without war. But many episodes, such as
+Kiao-Chau, and the Philippines, and the ceaseless warfare in the German
+colonies, and the restless enterprises of Pan-German intrigue, provided
+a commentary upon these pretensions which ought to have revealed the
+dangerous spirit which was conquering the German people.
+
+It is difficult, in the midst of a war forced upon the world by German
+ambition, to take a sane and balanced view of the aims which German
+policy was setting before itself during these years of experiment and
+preparation. What did average German opinion mean by the phrase
+Weltmacht, world-power, which had become one of the commonplaces of its
+political discussions? We may safely assume that by the mass of men the
+implications of the term were never very clearly analysed; and that, if
+they had been analysable, the results of the analysis would have been
+widely different in 1890 and in 1914, except for a few fanatics and
+extremists. Was the world-power at which Germany was aiming a real
+supremacy over the whole world? In a vague way, no doubt, important
+bodies of opinion held that such a supremacy was the ultimate destiny
+of Germany in the more or less distant future; and the existence of
+such a belief, however undefined, is important because it helped to
+colour the attitude of the German mind towards more immediately
+practical problems of national policy. But as a programme to be
+immediately put into operation, world-power was not conceived in this
+sense by any but a few Pan-German fanatics; and even they would have
+recognised that of course other states, and even other world-powers,
+would certainly survive the most successful German war, though they
+would have to submit (for their own good) to Germany's will. Again, did
+the demand for world-power mean no more than that Germany must have
+extra-European territories, like Britain or France? She already
+possessed such territories, though on a smaller scale than her rivals.
+Did the claim mean, then, that her dominions must be as extensive and
+populous as (say) those of Britain? Such an aim could only be obtained
+if she could succeed in overthrowing all her rivals, at once or in
+succession. And if she did that, she would then become, whatever her
+intentions, a world-power in the first and all-embracing sense. It is
+probably true that the German people, and even the extreme Pan-Germans,
+did not definitely or consciously aim at world-supremacy. But they had
+in the back of their minds the conviction that this was their ultimate
+destiny, and in aiming at 'world-power' in a narrower sense, they so
+defined their end as to make it impossible of achievement unless the
+complete mastery of Europe (which, as things are, means the mastery of
+most of the world) could be first attained. Certainly the ruling
+statesmen of Germany must have been aware of the implications of their
+doctrine of world-power. They were aware of it in 1914, when they
+deliberately struck for the mastery of Europe; they must have been
+aware of it in 1890, when they began to lay numerous plans and projects
+in all parts of the world, such as were bound to arouse the fears and
+suspicions of their rivals.
+
+It is necessary to dwell for a little upon these plans and projects of
+the decade 1890-1900, because they illustrate the nature of the peril
+which was looming over an unconscious world. It would be an error to
+suppose that all these schemes were systematically and continuously
+pursued with the whole strength of the German state. They appealed to
+different bodies of opinion. Some of them were eagerly taken up for a
+time, and then allowed to fall into the background, though seldom
+wholly dropped. But taken as a whole they showed the existence of a
+restless and insatiable ambition without very clearly defined aims, and
+an eagerness to make use of every opening for the extension of power,
+which constituted a very dangerous frame of mind in a nation so strong,
+industrious, and persistent as the German nation.
+
+In spite of the disappointing results of colonisation in Africa, the
+German colonial enthusiasts hoped that something suitably grandiose
+might yet be erected there: if the Belgian Congo could somehow be
+acquired, and if the Portuguese would agree to sell their large
+territories on the east and west coasts, a great empire of Tropical
+Africa might be brought into being. This vision has not been abandoned:
+it is the theme of many pamphlets published during the course of the
+war, and if Germany were to be able to impose her own terms, all the
+peoples of Central Africa might yet hope to have extended to them the
+blessings of German government as they have been displayed in the
+Cameroons and in the South-West.
+
+In the 'nineties there seemed also to be hope in South Africa, where
+use might be made of the strained relations between Britain and the
+Boer Republics. German South-West Africa formed a convenient base for
+operations in this region: it was equipped with a costly system of
+strategic railways, far more elaborate than the commerce of the colony
+required. There is no doubt that President Kruger was given reason to
+anticipate that he would receive German help: in 1895 (before the
+Jameson Raid) Kruger publicly proclaimed that the time had come 'to
+form ties of the closest friendship between Germany and the Transvaal,
+ties such as are natural between fathers and children'; in 1896 (after
+the Jameson Raid) came the Emperor's telegram congratulating President
+Kruger upon having repelled the invaders 'without recourse to the aid
+of friendly powers'; in 1897 a formal treaty of friendship and commerce
+was made between Germany and the Orange Free State, with which the
+Transvaal had just concluded a treaty of perpetual alliance. And
+meanwhile German munitions of war were pouring into the Transvaal
+through Delagoa Bay. But when the crisis came, Germany did nothing. She
+could not, because the British fleet stood in the way.
+
+South America, again, offered a very promising field. There were many
+thousands of German settlers, especially in southern Brazil: the
+Pan-German League assiduously laboured to organise these settlers, and
+to fan their patriotic zeal, by means of schools, books, and
+newspapers. But the Monroe Doctrine stood in the way of South American
+annexations. Perhaps Germany might have been ready to see how far she
+could go with the United States, the least military of great powers.
+But there was good reason to suppose that the British fleet would have
+to be reckoned with; and a burglarious expedition to South America with
+that formidable watchdog at large and unmuzzled was an uninviting
+prospect.
+
+In the Far East the prospects of immediate advance seemed more
+favourable, since the Chinese Empire appeared to be breaking up. The
+seizure of Kiao-chau in 1897 was a hopeful beginning. But the
+Anglo-Japanese alliance of 1902 formed a serious obstacle to any
+vigorous forward policy in this region. Once more the British fleet
+loomed up as a barrier.
+
+Yet another dream, often referred to by the pamphleteers though never
+brought to overt action by the government, was the dream that the rich
+empire of the Dutch in the Malay Archipelago should be acquired by
+Germany. Holland herself, according to all the political ethnologists
+of the Pan-German League, ought to be part of the German Empire; and if
+so, her external dominions would follow the destiny of the ruling
+state. But this was a prospect to be talked about, not to be worked for
+openly. It would naturally follow from a successful European war.
+
+A more immediately practicable field of operations was to be found in
+the Turkish Empire. It was here that the most systematic endeavours
+were made during this period: the Berlin-Bagdad scheme, which was to be
+the keystone of the arch of German world-power, had already taken shape
+before our period closed, though the rest of the world was strangely
+blind to its significance. Abstractly regarded, a German dominion over
+the wasted and misgoverned lands of the Turkish Empire would have meant
+a real advance of civilisation, and would have been no more
+unjustifiable than the British control of Egypt or India. This feeling
+perhaps explained the acquiescence with which the establishment of
+German influence in Turkey was accepted by most of the powers. They had
+yet to realise that it was not pursued as an end in itself, but as a
+means to further domination.
+
+But neither the great Berlin-Bagdad project, nor any of the other
+dreams and visions, had been definitely put into operation during the
+decade 1890-1900. Germany was as yet feeling the way, preparing the
+ground, and building up her resources both military and industrial.
+Perhaps the main result which emerged from the tentative experiments of
+these years was that at every point the obstacle was the sprawling
+British Empire, and the too-powerful British fleet. The conviction grew
+that the overthrow of this fat and top-heavy colossus was the necessary
+preliminary to the creation of the German world-state.
+
+This was a doctrine which had long been preached by the chief political
+mentor of modern Germany, Treitschke, who died in 1896. He was never
+tired of declaring that Britain was a decadent and degenerate state,
+that her empire was an unreal empire, and that it would collapse before
+the first serious attack. It would break up because it was not based
+upon force, because it lacked organisation, because it was a medley of
+disconnected and discordant fragments, worshipping an undisciplined
+freedom. That it should ever have come into being was one of the
+paradoxes of history; for it was manifestly not due to straightforward
+brute force, like the German Empire; and the modern German mind could
+not understand a state which did not rest upon power, but upon consent,
+which had not been built up, like Prussia, by the deliberate action of
+government, but which had grown almost at haphazard, through the
+spontaneous activity of free and self-governing citizens. Treitschke
+and his disciples could only explain the paradox by assuming that since
+it had not been created by force, it must have been created by low
+cunning; and they invented the theory that British statesmen had for
+centuries pursued an undeviating and Machiavellian policy of keeping
+the more virile states of Europe at cross-purposes with one another by
+means of the cunning device called the Balance of Power, while behind
+the backs of these tricked and childlike nations Britain was meanly
+snapping up all the most desirable regions of the earth. According to
+this view it was in some mysterious way Britain's fault that France and
+Germany were not the best of friends, and that Russia had been
+alienated from her ancient ally. But the day of reckoning would come
+when these mean devices would no longer avail, and the pampered,
+selfish, and overgrown colossus would find herself faced by
+hard-trained and finely tempered Germany, clad in her shining armour.
+Then, at the first shock, India would revolt; and the Dutch of South
+Africa would welcome their German liberators; and the great colonies,
+to which Britain had granted a degree of independence that no virile
+state would ever have permitted, would shake off the last shreds of
+subordination; and the ramshackle British Empire would fall to pieces;
+and Germany would emerge triumphant, free to pursue all her great
+schemes, and to create a lasting world-power, based upon Force and
+System and upon 'a healthy egoism,' not upon 'irrational
+sentimentalities' about freedom and justice.
+
+These were the doctrines and calculations of Realpolitik. They were
+becoming more and more prevalent in the 'nineties. They seem definitely
+to have got the upper hand in the direction of national policy during
+the last years of the century, when Germany refused to consider the
+projects of disarmament put forward at the Hague in 1899, when the
+creation of the German navy was begun by the Navy Acts of 1898 and
+1900, and when the Emperor announced that the future of Germany lay
+upon the water, and that hers must be the admiralty of the Atlantic. At
+the moment when the conquest of the world by European civilisation was
+almost complete, two conceptions of the meaning of empire, the
+conception of brutal domination pursued for its own sake, which has
+never been more clearly displayed than in the administration of the
+German colonies, and the conception of trusteeship, which had slowly
+emerged during the long development of the British Empire, stood forth
+already in sharp antithesis.
+
+The dreadful anticipation of coming conflict weighed upon the world.
+France, still suffering from the wounds of 1870, was always aware of
+it. Russia, threatened by German policy in the Balkans, was more and
+more clearly realising it. But Britain was extraordinarily slow to
+awaken to the menace. As late as 1898 Mr. Joseph Chamberlain was
+advocating an alliance between Britain, Germany, and America to
+maintain the peace of the world; and Cecil Rhodes, when he devised his
+plan for turning Oxford into the training-ground of British youth from
+all the free nations of the empire, found a place in his scheme for
+German as well as for American students. The telegram to President
+Kruger in 1896 caused only a passing sensation. The first real
+illumination came with the extraordinary display of German venom
+against Britain during the South African war, and with the ominous
+doubling of the German naval programme adopted in the midst of that
+war, in 1900. But even this made no profound impression. The majority
+of the British people declined to believe that a 'great and friendly
+nation,' or its rulers, could deliberately enter upon a scheme of such
+unbridled ambition and of such unprovoked aggression.
+
+
+
+
+VIII
+
+THE BRITISH EMPIRE AMID THE WORLD-POWERS, 1878-1914
+
+
+Throughout the period of rivalry for world-power which began in 1878
+the British Empire had continued to grow in extent, and to undergo a
+steady change in its character and organisation.
+
+In the partition of Africa, Britain, in spite of the already immense
+extent of her domains, obtained an astonishingly large share. The
+protectorates of British East Africa, Uganda, Nigeria, Nyasaland, and
+Somaliland gave her nearly 25,000,000 new negro subjects, and these,
+added to her older settlements of Sierra Leone and the Gold Coast,
+whose area was now extended, outnumbered the whole population of the
+French African empire. But besides these tropical territories she
+acquired control over two African regions so important that they
+deserve separate treatment: Egypt, on the one hand, and the various
+extensions of her South African territories on the other. When the
+partition of Africa was completed, the total share of Britain amounted
+to 3,500,000 square miles, with a population of over 50,000,000 souls,
+and it included the best regions of the continent: the British Empire,
+in Africa alone, was more than three times as large as the colonial
+empire of Germany, which was almost limited to Africa.
+
+It may well be asked why an empire already so large should have taken
+also the giant's share of the last continent available for division
+among the powers of Europe. No doubt this was in part due to the
+sentiment of imperialism, which was stronger in Britain during this
+period than ever before. But there were other and more powerful causes.
+In the first place, during the period 1815-78 British influence and
+trade had been established in almost every part of Africa save the
+central ulterior, and no power had such definite relations with various
+native tribes, many of which desired to come under the protectorate of
+a power with whom the protection of native rights and customs was an
+established principle. In the second place, Britain was the only
+country which already possessed in Africa colonies inhabited by
+enterprising European settlers, and the activity of these settlers
+played a considerable part in the extension of the British African
+dominions. And in the third place, since the continental powers had
+adopted the policy of fiscal protection, the annexation of a region by
+any of them meant that the trade of other nations might be restricted
+or excluded; the annexation of a territory by Britain meant that it
+would be open freely and on equal terms to the trade of all nations.
+For this reason the trading interests in Britain, faced by the
+possibility of exclusion from large areas with which they had carried
+on traffic, were naturally anxious that as much territory as possible
+should be brought under British supremacy, in order that it might
+remain open to their trade.
+
+It is the main justification for British annexations that they opened
+and developed new markets for all the world, instead of closing them;
+and it was this fact chiefly which made the acquisition of such vast
+areas tolerable to the other trading powers. The extension of the
+British Empire was thus actually a benefit to all the non-imperial
+states, especially to such active trading countries as Italy, Holland,
+Scandinavia, or America. If at any time Britain should reverse her
+traditional policy, and reserve for her own merchants the trade of the
+immense areas which have been brought under her control, nothing is
+more certain than that the world would protest, and protest with
+reason, against the exorbitant and disproportionate share which has
+fallen to her. Only so long as British control means the open door for
+all the world will the immense extent of these acquisitions continue to
+be accepted without protest by the rest of the world.
+
+In the new protectorates of this period Britain found herself faced by
+a task with which she had never had to deal on so gigantic a scale,
+though she had a greater experience in it than any other nation: the
+task of governing justly whole populations of backward races, among
+whom white men could not permanently dwell, and whom they visited only
+for the purposes of commercial exploitation. The demands of industry
+for the raw materials of these countries involved the employment of
+labour on a very large scale; but the native disliked unfamiliar toil,
+and as his wants were very few, could easily earn enough to keep him in
+the idleness he loved. Slavery was the customary mode of getting
+uncongenial tasks performed in Africa; but against slavery European
+civilisation had set its face. Again, the ancient unvarying customs
+whereby the rights and duties of individual tribesmen were enforced,
+and the primitive societies held together, were often inconsistent with
+Western ideas, and tended to break down altogether on contact with
+Western industrial methods. How were the needs of industry to be
+reconciled with justice to the subject peoples? How were their customs
+to be reconciled with the legal ideas of their new masters? How were
+these simple folk to be taught the habits of labour? How were the
+resources of their land to be developed without interference with their
+rights of property and with the traditional usages arising from them?
+These were problems of extreme difficulty, which faced the rulers of
+all the new European empires. The attempt to solve them in a
+high-handed way, and with a view solely to the interests of the ruling
+race, led to many evils: it produced the atrocities of the Congo; it
+produced in the German colonies the practical revival of slavery, the
+total disregard of native customs, and the horrible sequence of wars
+and slaughters of which we have already spoken. In the British
+dominions a long tradition and a long experience saved the subject
+peoples from these iniquities. We dare not claim that there were no
+abuses in the British lands; but at least it can be claimed that
+government has always held it to be its duty to safeguard native
+rights, and to prevent the total break-up of the tribal system which
+could alone hold these communities together. The problem was not fully
+solved; perhaps it is insoluble. But at least the native populations
+were not driven to despair, and were generally able to feel that they
+were justly treated. 'Let me tell you,' a Herero is recorded to have
+written from British South Africa to his kinsmen under German rule,
+'Let me tell you that the land of the English is a good land, since
+there is no ill-treatment. White and black stand on the same level.
+There is much work and much money, and your overseer does not beat you,
+or if he does he breaks the law and is punished.' There was a very
+striking contrast between the steady peace which has on the whole
+reigned in all the British dominions, and the incessant warfare which
+forms the history of the German colonies. The tradition of protection
+of native rights, established during the period 1815-78, and the
+experience then acquired, stood the British in good stead. During the
+ordeal of the Great War it has been noteworthy that there has been no
+serious revolt among these recently conquered subjects; and one of the
+most touching features of the war has been the eagerness of chiefs and
+their peoples to help the protecting power, and the innumerable humble
+gifts which they have spontaneously offered. Much remains to be done
+before a perfect solution is found for the problems of these dominions
+of yesterday. But it may justly be claimed that trusteeship, not
+domination, has been the spirit in which they have been administered;
+and that this is recognised by their subjects, despite all the mistakes
+and defects to which all human governments must be liable in dealing
+with a problem so complex.
+
+Administrative problems of a yet more complex kind were raised in the
+two greatest acquisitions of territory made by Britain during these
+years, in Egypt and the Soudan, and in South Africa. The events
+connected with these two regions have aroused greater controversy than
+those connected with any other British dominions; the results of these
+events have been more striking, and in different ways more instructive
+as to the spirit and methods of British imperialism, than those
+displayed in almost any other field; and for these reasons we shall not
+hesitate to dwell upon them at some length.
+
+The establishment of British control over Egypt was due to the most
+curious chain of unforeseen and unexpected events which even the
+records of the British Empire contain. Nominally a part of the Turkish
+Empire, Egypt had been in fact a practically independent state, paying
+only a small fixed tribute to the Sultan, ever since the remarkable
+Albanian adventurer, Mehemet Ali, had established himself as its Pasha
+in the confusion following the French occupation (1806). Mehemet Ali
+had been an extraordinarily enterprising prince. He had created a
+formidable army, had conquered the great desert province of the Soudan
+and founded its capital, Khartoum, and had nearly succeeded in
+overthrowing the Turkish Empire and establishing his own power in its
+stead: during the period 1825-40 he had played a leading role in
+European politics. Though quite illiterate, he had posed as the
+introducer of Western civilisation into Egypt; but his grandiose and
+expensive policy had imposed terrible burdens upon the fellahin
+(peasantry), and the heavy taxation which was necessary to maintain his
+armies and the spurious civilisation of his capital was only raised by
+cruel oppressions.
+
+The tradition of lavish expenditure, met by grinding the peasantry, was
+accentuated by Mehemet's successors. It inevitably impoverished the
+country. Large loans were raised in the West, to meet increasing
+deficits; and the European creditors in course of time found it
+necessary to insist that specific revenues should be ear-marked as a
+security for their interest, and to claim powers of supervision over
+finance. The construction of the Suez Canal (opened 1869), which was
+due to the enterprise of the French, promised to bring increased
+prosperity to Egypt; but in the meanwhile it involved an immense
+outlay. At the beginning of our period Egypt was already on the verge
+of bankruptcy, and the Khedive was compelled to sell his holding of
+Suez Canal shares, which were shrewdly acquired for Britain by Disraeli.
+
+But financial chaos was not the only evil from which Egypt suffered.
+There was administrative chaos also, and this was not diminished by the
+special jurisdictions which had been allowed to the various groups of
+Europeans settled in the country. The army, unpaid and undisciplined,
+was ready to revolt; and above all, the helpless mass of the peasantry
+were reduced to the last degree of penury, and exposed to the merciless
+and arbitrary severity of the officials, who fleeced them of their
+property under the lash. All the trading nations were affected by this
+state of anarchy in an important centre of trade; all the creditors of
+the Egyptian debt observed it with alarm. But the two powers most
+concerned were France and Britain, which between them held most of the
+debt, and conducted most of the foreign trade, of Egypt; while to
+Britain Egypt had become supremely important, since it now controlled
+the main avenue of approach to India.
+
+When a successful military revolt, led by Arabi Pasha, threatened to
+complete the disorganisation of the country (1882), France and Britain
+decided that they ought to intervene to restore order, the other powers
+all agreeing. But at the last moment France withdrew, and the task was
+undertaken by Britain single-handed.[7] In a short campaign Arabi was
+overthrown; and now Britain had to address herself to the task of
+reconstructing the political and economic organisation of Egypt. It was
+her hope and intention that the work should be done as rapidly as
+possible, in order that she might be able to withdraw from a difficult
+and thankless task, which brought her into very delicate relations with
+the other powers interested in Egypt. But withdrawal was not easy. The
+task of reorganisation proved to be a much larger and more complicated
+one than had been anticipated; and it was greatly increased when the
+strange wave of religious fanaticism aroused by the preaching of the
+Mahdi swept over the Soudan, raised a great upheaval, and led to the
+destruction of the Egyptian armies of occupation. Britain had now to
+decide whether the revolting province should be reconquered or
+abandoned. Reconquest could not be effected by the utterly disorganised
+Egyptian army; if it was to be attempted, it must be by means of
+British troops. But this would not only mean a profitless expenditure,
+it would also indefinitely prolong the British occupation, which
+Britain was desirous of bringing to an end at the earliest possible
+moment.
+
+
+[7] See above, p. 164
+
+
+The romantic hero, Gordon, was therefore sent to Khartoum to carry out
+the withdrawal from the Soudan of all the remaining Egyptian garrisons.
+On his arrival he came to the conclusion that the position was not
+untenable, and took no steps to evacuate. There was much dangerous
+delay and vacillation; and in the end Gordon was besieged in Khartoum,
+and killed by the bands of the Mahdi, before a relief force could reach
+him. But this triumph of Mahdism increased its menace to Egypt. The
+country could not be left to its own resources until this peril had
+been removed, or until the Egyptian army had been fully reorganised. So
+the occupation prolonged itself, year after year.
+
+The situation was, in fact, utterly anomalous. Egypt was a province of
+Turkey, ruled by a semi-independent Khedive. Britain's chief agent in
+the country was in form only in the position of a diplomatic
+representative. But the very existence of the country depended upon the
+British army of occupation, and upon the work of the British officers
+who were reconstructing the Egyptian army. And its hope of future
+stability depended upon the work of the British administrators,
+financiers, jurists, and engineers who were labouring to set its
+affairs in order. These officials, with Sir Evelyn Baring (Lord Cromer)
+at their head, had an extraordinarily difficult task to perform. Their
+relations with the native government, which they constantly had to
+overrule, were difficult enough. But besides this, they had to deal
+with the agents of the other European powers, who, as representing the
+European creditors of the Egyptian debt, had the right to interfere in
+practically all financial questions, and could make any logical
+financial reorganisation, and any free use of the country's financial
+resources for the restoration of its prosperity, all but impossible.
+
+Yet in the space of a very few years an amazing work of restoration and
+reorganisation was achieved. Financial stability was re-established,
+while at the same time taxation was reduced. The forced labour which
+had been exacted from the peasantry was abolished; they were no longer
+robbed of their property under the lash; they obtained a secure tenure
+in their land; and they found that its productive power was increased,
+by means of great schemes of irrigation. An impartial system of justice
+was organised--for the first time in all the long history of Egypt
+since the fall of the Roman Empire. The army was remodelled by British
+officers. Schools of lower and higher grade were established in large
+numbers. In short, Egypt began to assume the aspect of a prosperous and
+well-organised modern community. And all this was the work, in the
+main, of some fifteen years.
+
+Meanwhile in the Soudan triumphant barbarism had produced an appalling
+state of things. It is impossible to exaggerate the hideousness of the
+regime of Mahdism. A ferocious tyranny terrorised and reduced to
+desolation the whole of the upper basin of the Nile; and the population
+is said to have shrunk from 12,000,000 to 2,000,000, although exact
+figures are of course unattainable. One of the evil consequences of
+this regime was that it prevented a scientific treatment of the flow of
+the Nile, on which the very life of Egypt depended. Scientific
+irrigation had already worked wonders in increasing the productivity of
+Egypt, but to complete this work, and to secure avoidance of the
+famines which follow any deficiency in the Nile-flow, it was necessary
+to deal with the upper waters of the great river. On this ground, and
+in order to remove the danger of a return of barbarism, which was
+threatened by frequent Mahdist attacks, and finally in order to rescue
+captives who were enduring terrible sufferings in the hands of the
+Mahdi, it appeared that the reconquest of the Soudan must be undertaken
+as the inevitable sequel to the reorganisation of Egypt. It was
+achieved, with a wonderful efficiency which made the name of Kitchener
+famous, in the campaigns of 1896-98. The reconquered province was
+nominally placed under the joint administration of Britain and Egypt;
+but in fact the very remarkable work of civilisation which was carried
+out in it during the years preceding the Great War was wholly directed
+by British agents and officers.
+
+The occupation of the Soudan necessitated a prolongation of the British
+occupation of Egypt. But, indeed, such a prolongation was in any case
+inevitable; for the beneficial reforms in justice, administration,
+finance, and the organisation of the country's resources, which had
+been effected in half a generation, required to be carefully watched
+and nursed until they should be securely rooted: to a certainty they
+would have collapsed if the guardianship of Britain had been suddenly
+and completely withdrawn. The growing prosperity of Egypt, however, and
+still more the diffusion of Western education among its people, has
+naturally brought into existence a nationalist party, who resent what
+they feel to be a foreign dominance in their country, and aspire after
+the institutions of Western self-government. But it has to be noted
+that the classes among whom this movement has sprung up are not the
+classes who form the bulk of the population of Egypt--the fellahin, who
+from the time of the Pharaohs downwards have been exploited and
+oppressed by every successive conqueror who has imposed his rule on the
+country. This class, which has profited more than any other from the
+British regime, which has, under that regime, known for the first time
+justice, freedom from tyranny, and the opportunity of enjoying a fair
+share of the fruits of its own labour, is as yet unvocal. Accustomed
+through centuries to submission, accepting good or bad seasons, just or
+unjust masters, as the gods may send them, the fellah has not yet had
+time even to begin to have thoughts or opinions about his place in
+society and his right to a share in the control of his own destinies;
+and if the rule which has endeavoured to nurture him into prosperity
+and self-reliance were withdrawn, he would accept with blind
+submissiveness whatever might take its place. The classes among whom
+the nationalist movement finds its strength are the classes which have
+been in the past accustomed to enjoy some degree of domination; the
+relics of the conquering races, Arabs or Turks, who have succeeded one
+another in the rule of Egypt, the small traders and shopkeepers of the
+towns, drawn from many different races, the students who have been
+influenced by the knowledge and the political ideas of the West. It is
+natural and healthy that a desire to share in the government of their
+country should grow up among these classes: it is in some degree a
+proof that the influence of the regime under which they live has been
+stimulating. But it is also obvious that if these classes were at once
+to reassume, under parliamentary forms, the dominance which they
+wielded so disastrously until thirty years ago, the result must be
+unhappy. They are being, under British guidance, gradually introduced
+to a share in public affairs. But the establishment of a system of full
+self-government and national independence in Egypt, if it is to be
+successful, must wait until not only these classes, but also the
+classes beneath them, have been habituated to the sense of self-respect
+and of civic obligation by a longer acquaintance with the working of
+the Reign of Law.
+
+Since the Great War broke out, the British position in Egypt has been
+regularised by the proclamation of a formal British protectorate.
+Perhaps the happiest fate which can befall the country is that it
+should make that gradual progress in political freedom, which is alone
+lasting, under the guidance of the power which has already given it
+prosperity, the ascendancy of an impartial law, freedom from arbitrary
+authority, freedom of speech and thought, and emancipation from the
+thraldom of foreign financial interests; and in the end it may possibly
+be the destiny of this ancient land, after so many vicissitudes, to
+take its place as one among a partnership of free nations in a
+world-encircling British Commonwealth of self-governing peoples.
+
+The most vexed, difficult, and critical problems in the history of the
+British Empire since 1878--perhaps the most difficult in the whole
+course of its history--have been those connected with the South African
+colonies. In 1878 there were four distinct European provinces in South
+Africa, besides protected native areas, like Basutoland. All four had
+sprung from the original Anglo-Dutch colony of the Cape of Good Hope.
+In two of them--Cape Colony and Natal--the two European peoples,
+British and Dutch, dwelt side by side, the Dutch being in a majority in
+the former, the British in the latter; but in both the difficulty of
+their relationship was complicated by the presence of large coloured
+populations, which included not only the native African peoples,
+Hottentots, Kaffirs, Zulus, and so forth, but also a large number of
+Asiatics, Malays who had been brought in by the Dutch before the
+British conquest, and Indians who had begun to come in more recently in
+large numbers, especially to Natal. Difference of attitude towards
+these peoples between the British authorities and the Dutch settlers
+had been in the past, as we have seen, a main cause of friction between
+the two European peoples, and had caused the long postponement of full
+self-government. In the other two provinces, the Transvaal and the
+Orange Free State, the white inhabitants were, in 1878, almost
+exclusively Dutch. The native populations in these states were no
+longer in a state of formal slavery, but they were treated as
+definitely subject and inferior peoples: a law of the Transvaal laid it
+down that 'there shall be no equality in Church or State between white
+and black.' Thus the mutual distrust originally aroused by the native
+question still survived. It was intensified by ill-feeling between the
+Boers and British missionaries. When Livingstone, the British
+missionary hero, reported the difficulties which the Boers had put in
+his way, British opinion was made more hostile than ever. Of the two
+Boer republics, the Orange Free State had enjoyed complete independence
+since 1854; and no serious friction ever arose between it and the
+British government. But the Transvaal, which had been turbulent and
+restless from the first, had been annexed in 1878, largely because it
+seemed to be drifting into a war of extermination with the Zulus. As a
+consequence, Britain was drawn into a badly managed Zulu-War; and when
+this dangerous tribe had been conquered, the Transvaal revolted. The
+Boers defeated a small British force at Majuba; whereupon, instead of
+pursuing the struggle, the British government resolved to try the
+effect of magnanimity, and conceded (1881 and 1884) full local
+independence to the Transvaal, subject only to a vague recognition of
+British suzerainty.
+
+This was the beginning of many ills. The Transvaal Boers, knowing
+little of the world, thought they had defeated Britain; and under the
+lead of Paul Kruger, a shrewd old farmer who henceforth directed their
+policy with all but autocratic power, began to pursue the aim of
+creating a purely Dutch South Africa, and of driving the British into
+the sea. Kruger's policy was one of pure racial dominance, not of
+equality of rights. It was a natural aim, under all the conditions. But
+it was the source of grave evils. Inevitably it stimulated a parallel
+movement in Cape Colony, where Dutch and British were learning to live
+peaceably together. The Boer extremists also began to look about for
+allies, and were tempted to hope for aid from Germany, who had just
+established herself in South-West Africa. Full of pride, the
+Transvaalers, though they already held a great and rich country which
+was very thinly peopled, began to push outwards, and especially to
+threaten the native tribes in the barren region of Bechuanaland, which
+lay between the Transvaal and the German territory. To this Britain
+replied by establishing a protectorate over Bechuanaland (1884) at the
+request of native chiefs: the motive of this annexation was, not
+suspicion of Germany, for this suspicion did not yet exist, but the
+desire to protect the native population.
+
+Kruger's vague project of a Dutch South Africa would probably have
+caused little anxiety so long as his resources were limited to the
+strength of the thinly scattered Boer farmers. But the situation was
+fundamentally altered by the discovery of immense deposits first of
+diamonds and then of gold in South Africa, and most richly of all in
+the Rand district of the Transvaal. These discoveries brought a rapid
+inrush of European miners, financiers, and their miscellaneous
+camp-followers, and in a few years a very rich and populous European
+community had established itself in the Transvaal, and had created as
+its centre the mushroom new city of Johannesburg (founded 1884). These
+immigrants, who came from many countries, but especially from Britain,
+changed the situation in the Transvaal; it seemed as though the
+majority among the white men in that state would soon be British.
+
+A simple and primitive organisation of government, such as sufficed for
+the needs of Boer farmers, was manifestly inadequate for the needs of
+the new population, which included, in the nature of things, many
+undesirable elements; and it was natural that the mining population
+should desire to be brought under a more modern type of government, or
+to obtain an effective share in the control of their own affairs. But
+this was precisely what the Boers of Kruger's way of thinking were
+determined to refuse them. They were resolved that Boer ascendancy in
+the Transvaal should not be weakened. They therefore denied to the new
+immigrants all the rights of citizenship, and would not even permit
+them to manage the local affairs of Johannesburg. At the same time
+Kruger imposed heavy taxation upon the gold industry and the people who
+conducted it; and out of the proceeds he was able not only to pay the
+expenses of government without burdening the Boer farmers, but to build
+up the military power by means of which he hoped ultimately to carry
+out his great project. Thus the 'Uitlanders' found themselves treated
+as an inferior race in the land which their industry was enriching.
+They practically paid the cost of the government, but had no share in
+directing it.
+
+The policy of racial ascendancy has seldom been pursued in a more
+mischievous or dangerous form. One cannot but feel a certain sympathy
+with the Boers' desire to maintain Boer ascendancy in the land which
+they had conquered. Yet it must be remembered that they were themselves
+very recent immigrants: the whole settlement of the Transvaal had taken
+place in Paul Kruger's lifetime.
+
+The diamonds and the gold of the recent discoveries had produced in
+South Africa a new element of power: the power of great wealth, wielded
+by a small number of men. Some of these were, of course, mean and
+sordid souls, to whom wealth was an end in itself. But among them one
+emerged who was more than a millionaire, who was capable of dreaming
+great dreams, and had acquired his wealth chiefly in order that he
+might have the power to realise them. This was Cecil Rhodes, an almost
+unique combination of the financier and the idealist. If he was
+sometimes tempted to resort to the questionable devices that high
+finance seems to cultivate, and if his ideals took on sometimes a
+rather vulgar colour, reflected from his money-bags, nevertheless
+ideals were the real governing factors in his life.
+
+He dreamed of a great united state of South Africa; it was to be a
+British South Africa; but it was to be British, not in the sense in
+which Kruger wished it to be Dutch, but in the sense that equality of
+treatment between the white races should exist within it, as in all the
+British lands. He dreamed also of a great brotherhood of British
+communities, or communities governed by British ideals, girdling the
+world, perhaps dominating it (for Rhodes was inclined to be a
+chauvinist), and leading it to peace and liberty. As a lad fresh from
+Oxford, in long journeyings over the African veldt, he had in a
+curious, childlike way thought out a theology, a system of politics,
+and a mode of life for himself; having reached the conclusion that the
+British race had on the whole more capacity for leading the world
+successfully than any other, he had resolved that it should be his
+life's business to forward and increase the influence of British ideas
+and of British modes of life; and he had systematically built up a
+colossal fortune in order that he might have the means to do this work.
+At the roots of this strange medley of poetry and chauvinism which
+filled his mind was an unchanging and deep veneration for the
+outstanding memory of his youth, Oxford, which in his mind stood for
+all the august venerable past of England, and was the expression of her
+moral essence. When he died, after a life of money-making and intrigue,
+in a remote and half-developed colony, it was found that most of his
+immense fortune had been left either to enrich the college where he had
+spent a short time as a lad, or to bring picked youths from all the
+British lands, and from what he regarded as the two great sister
+communities of America and Germany, so that they might drink in the
+spirit of England, at Oxford, its sanctuary.
+
+His immediate task lay in South Africa, where, from the moment of his
+entry upon public life, he became the leader of the British cause as
+Kruger was the leader of the Dutch: millionaire-dreamer and shrewd,
+obstinate farmer, they form a strange contrast. The one stood for South
+African unity based upon equality of the white races: the other also
+for unity, but for unity based upon the ascendancy of one of the white
+races. In the politics of Cape Colony Rhodes achieved a remarkable
+success: he made friends with the Dutch party and its leader Hofmeyr,
+who for a long time gave steady support to his schemes and maintained
+him in the premiership. It was a good beginning for the policy of
+racial co-operation. But Rhodes's most remarkable achievement was the
+acquisition of the fertile upland regions of Mashonaland and
+Matabililand, now called Rhodesia in his honour. There were episodes
+which smelt of the shady practices of high finance in the events which
+led up to this acquisition. But in the result its settlement was well
+organised, after some initial difficulties, by the Chartered Company
+which Rhodes formed for the purpose. Now one important result of the
+acquisition of Rhodesia was that it hemmed in the Transvaal on the
+north; and, joined with the earlier annexation of Bechuanaland,
+isolated and insulated the two Dutch republics, which were now
+surrounded, everywhere except on the east, by British territory. From
+Cape Town up through Bechuanaland and through the new territories
+Rhodes drove a long railway line. It was a business enterprise, but for
+him it was also a great imaginative conception, a link of empire, and
+he dreamed of the day when it should be continued to join the line
+which was being pushed up the Nile from Cairo through the hot sands of
+the Soudan.
+
+But Rhodes's final and most unhappy venture was the attempt to force,
+by violent means, a solution of the Transvaal problem. He hoped that
+the Uitlanders might be able, by a revolution, to overthrow Kruger's
+government, and, perhaps in conjunction with the more moderate Boers,
+to set up a system of equal treatment which would make co-operation
+with the other British colonies easy, and possibly bring about a
+federation of the whole group of South African States. He was too
+impatient to let the situation mature quietly. He forced the issue by
+encouraging the foolish Jameson Raid of 1895. This, like all wilful
+resorts to violence, only made things worse. It alienated and angered
+the more moderate Boers in the Transvaal, who were not without sympathy
+with the Uitlanders. It aroused the indignation of the Cape Colony
+Boers, and embittered racial feeling there. It put the British cause in
+the wrong in the eyes of the whole world, and made the Boers appear as
+a gallant little people struggling in the folds of a merciless
+python-empire. It increased immensely the difficulty of the British
+government in negotiating with the Transvaal for better treatment of
+the Uitlanders. It stiffened the backs of Kruger and his party. The
+German Kaiser telegraphed his congratulations on the defeat of the Raid
+'without the aid of friendly powers,' and the implication that this aid
+would be forthcoming in case of necessity led the Boers to believe that
+they could count on German help in a struggle with Britain. So every
+concession to the Uitlanders was obstinately refused; and after three
+years more of fruitless negotiation, during which German munitions were
+pouring into the Transvaal, the South African War began. It may be that
+the war could have been avoided by the exercise of patience. It may be
+that the imperialist spirit, which was very strong in Britain at that
+period, led to the adoption of a needlessly high-handed tone. But it
+was neither greed nor tyranny on Britain's part which brought about the
+conflict, but simply the demand for equal rights.
+
+The war was one in which all the appearances were against Britain, and
+the whole world condemned British greed and aggression. It was a case
+of Goliath fighting David, the biggest empire in the world attacking
+two tiny republics; yet the weaker side is not necessarily always in
+the right. It seemed to be a conflict for the possession of gold-mines;
+yet Britain has never made, and never hoped to make, a penny of profit
+out of these mines, which remained after the war in the same hands as
+before it. It was a case of the interests of financiers and
+gold-hunters against those of simple and honest farmers; yet even
+financiers have rights, and even farmers can be unjust. In reality the
+issue was a quite simple and straightforward one. It was the issue of
+racial ascendancy against racial equality, and as her traditions bade
+her, Britain strove for racial equality. It was the issue of
+self-government for the whole community as against the entrenched
+dominion of one section; and there was no question on which side the
+history of Britain must lead her to range herself. Whatever the rest of
+the world might say, the great self-governing colonies, which were free
+to help or not as they thought fit, had no doubts at all. They all sent
+contingents to take part in the war, because they knew it to be a war
+for principles fundamental to themselves.
+
+The war dragged its weary course, and the Boers fought with such
+heroism, and often with such chivalry, as to win the cordial respect
+and admiration of their enemies. It is always a pity when men fight;
+but sometimes a fight lets bad blood escape, and makes friendship
+easier between foes who have learnt mutual respect. Four years after
+the peace which added the Transvaal and the Orange Free State as
+conquered dominions to the British Empire, the British government
+established in both of these provinces the full institutions of
+responsible self-government. As in Canada sixty years earlier, the two
+races were bidden to work together and make the best of one another;
+because now their destinies were freely under their own control. Yet
+this was even a bolder experiment than that of Canada, and showed a
+more venturesome confidence in the healing power of self-government.
+How has it turned out? Within five years more, the four divided
+provinces which had presented such vexed problems in 1878, were
+combined in the federal Union of South Africa, governed by institutions
+which reproduced those of Britain and her colonies.
+
+In handing over to the now united states of South Africa the
+unqualified control of their own affairs, Britain necessarily left to
+them the vexed problem of devising a just relation between the ruling
+races and their subjects of backward or alien stocks; the problem which
+had been the source of most of the difficulties of South Africa for a
+century past, and which had long delayed the concession of full
+self-government. Nowhere in the world does this problem assume a more
+acute form than in South Africa, where there is not only a majority of
+negroes, mostly of the vigorous Bantu stock, but also a large number of
+immigrants mainly from India, who as subjects of the British crown
+naturally claim special rights. South Africa has to find her own
+solution for this complex problem; and she has not yet fully found it.
+But in two ways her association with the British Empire has helped, and
+will help, her to find her way towards it. If the earlier policy of the
+British government, guided by the missionaries, laid too exclusive an
+emphasis upon native rights, and in various ways hampered the
+development of the colony by the way in which it interpreted these
+rights, at least it had established a tradition hostile to that policy
+of mere ruthless exploitation of which such an ugly illustration was
+being given in German South-West Africa. An absolute parity of
+treatment between white and black must be not only impracticable, but
+harmful to both sides. But between the two extremes of a visionary
+equality and a white ascendancy ruthlessly employed for exploitation, a
+third term is possible--the just tutelage of the white man over the
+black, with a reasonable freedom for native custom. 'A practice has
+grown up in South Africa,' says the greatest of South African
+statesmen,[8] 'of creating parallel institutions, giving the natives
+their own separate institutions on parallel lines with institutions for
+whites. It may be that on these lines we may yet be able to solve a
+problem which may otherwise be insoluble.' It is a solution which owes
+much to the British experiments of the previous period; and the
+principle which inspires it was incorporated in the Act of Union. This
+is one of the innumerable fruitful experiments in government in which
+the British system is so prolific. Again, the problem of the
+relationship between Indian immigrants and white colonists is an
+acutely difficult one. It cannot be said to have been solved. But at
+least the fact that the South African Union and the Indian Empire are
+both partners in the same British commonwealth improves the chances of
+a just solution. It helped to find at least a temporary adjustment in
+1914; in the future also it may contribute, in this as in many other
+ways, to ensure that a fair consideration is given to both sides of the
+thorny question of inter-racial relationship.
+
+
+[8] General Smuts, May 22, 1917.
+
+
+The events which led up to, and still more the events which followed,
+the South African War had thus brought a solution for the South African
+problem, which had been a continuous vexation since the moment of the
+British conquest. It was solved by the British panacea of
+self-government and equal rights. Who could have anticipated, twenty
+years or fifty years ago, the part which has been played by South
+Africa in the Great War? Is there any parallel to these events, which
+showed the gallant general of the Boer forces playing the part of prime
+minister in a united South Africa, crushing with Boer forces a revolt
+stirred up among the more ignorant Boers by German intrigue, and then
+leading an army, half Boer and half British, to the conquest of German
+South-West Africa?
+
+The South African War had proved to be the severest test which the
+modern British Empire had yet had to undergo. But it had emerged, not
+broken, as in 1782, but rejuvenated, purged of the baser elements which
+had alloyed its imperial spirit, and confirmed in its faith in the
+principles on which it was built. More than that, on the first occasion
+on which the essential principles or the power of the empire had been
+challenged in war, all the self-governing colonies had voluntarily
+borne their share. Apart from a small contingent sent from Australia to
+the Soudan in 1885, British colonies had never before--indeed, no
+European colony had ever before--sent men oversea to fight in a common
+cause: and this not because their immediate interests were threatened,
+but for the sake of an idea. For that reason the South African War
+marks an epoch not merely in the history of the British Empire, but of
+European imperialism as a whole.
+
+The unity of sentiment and aim which was thus expressed had, however,
+been steadily growing throughout the period of European rivalry; and
+doubtless in the colonies, as in Britain, the new value attached to the
+imperial tie was due in a large degree to the very fact of the
+eagerness of the other European powers for extra-European possessions.
+Imperialist sentiment began to become a factor in British politics just
+about the beginning of this period: in 1878 the Imperial Federation
+Society was founded, and about the same time Disraeli, who had once
+spoken of the colonies as 'millstones around our necks,' was making
+himself the mouthpiece of the new imperialist spirit. To this wave of
+feeling a very notable contribution was made by Sir John Seeley's
+brilliant book, "The Expansion of England." Slight as it was, and
+containing no facts not already familiar, it gave a new perspective to
+the events of the last four centuries of British history, and made the
+growth of the Empire seem something not merely casual and incidental,
+but a vital and most significant part of the British achievement. Its
+defect was, perhaps, that it concentrated attention too exclusively
+upon the external aspects of the wonderful story, and dwelt too little
+upon its inner spirit, upon the force and influence of the instinct of
+self-government which has been the most potent factor in British
+history. The powerful impression which it created was deepened by other
+books, like Froude's "Oceana" and Sir Charles Dilke's "Greater
+Britain," the title of which alone was a proclamation and a prophecy.
+It was strengthened also by the wonderful imperial pageants, like
+nothing else ever witnessed in the world, which began with the two
+Jubilee celebrations of 1887 and 1897, and were continued in the
+funerals of Queen Victoria and Edward VII., the coronations of Edward
+VII. and George V., and the superb Durbars of Delhi. The imaginative
+appeal of such solemn representations of a world-scattered fellowship
+of peoples and nations and tongues must not be underestimated. At first
+there was perhaps a suggestion of blatancy, and of mere pride in
+dominion, in the way in which these celebrations were received; the
+graver note of Kipling's 'Recessional,' inspired by the Jubilee of
+1897, was not unneeded. But after the strain and anxiety of the South
+African War, a different temper visibly emerged.
+
+More important than the pageants were the conferences of imperial
+statesmen which arose out of them. The prime ministers of the great
+colonies began to deliberate in common with the statesmen of Britain;
+and the discussions, though at first quite informal and devoid of
+authority, have become more intimate and vital as time has passed: a
+beginning at least has been made in the common discussion of problems
+affecting the Empire as a whole. And alongside of, and in consequence
+of, all this, imperial questions have been treated with a new
+seriousness in the British parliament, and the offices which deal with
+them have ceased to be, as they once were, reserved for statesmen of
+the second rank. The new attitude was pointedly expressed when in 1895
+Mr. Joseph Chamberlain, the most brilliant politician of his
+generation, who could have had almost any office he desired,
+deliberately chose the Colonial Office. His tenure of that office was
+not, perhaps, memorable for any far-reaching change in colonial policy,
+though he introduced some admirable improvements in the administration
+of the tropical colonies; but it was most assuredly memorable for the
+increased intensity of interest which he succeeded in arousing in
+imperial questions, both at home and in the colonies. The campaign
+which he initiated, after the South African War, for the institution of
+an Imperial Zollverein or a system of Colonial Preference was a
+failure, and indeed was probably a blunder, since it implied an attempt
+to return to that material basis of imperial unity which had formed the
+core of the old colonial system, and had led to the most unhappy
+results in regard to the American colonies. But at least it was an
+attempt to realise a fuller unity than had yet been achieved, and in
+its first form included an inspiring appeal to the British people to
+face sacrifices, should they be necessary, for that high end. Whether
+these ideas contribute to the ultimate solution of the imperial problem
+or not, it was at least a good thing that the question should be raised
+and discussed.
+
+One further feature among the many developments of this era must not be
+left untouched. It is the rise of a definitely national spirit in the
+greater members of the Empire. To this a great encouragement has been
+given by the political unity which some of these communities have for
+the first time attained during these years. National sentiment in the
+Dominion of Canada was stimulated into existence by the Federation of
+1867. The unification of Australia which was at length achieved in the
+Federation of 1900 did not indeed create, but it greatly strengthened,
+the rise of a similar spirit of Australian nationality. A national
+spirit in South Africa, merging in itself the hostile racial sentiments
+of Boer and Briton, may well prove to be the happiest result of the
+Union of South Africa. In India also a national spirit is coming to
+birth, bred among a deeply divided people by the political unity, the
+peace, and the equal laws, which have been the greatest gifts of
+British rule; its danger is that it may be too quick to imagine that
+the unity which makes nationhood can be created merely by means of
+resolutions declaring that it exists, but the desire to create it is an
+altogether healthy desire. On the surface it might appear that the rise
+of a national spirit in the great members of the Empire is a danger to
+the ideal of imperial unity; but that need not be so, and if it were
+so, the danger must be faced, since the national spirit is too valuable
+a force to be restricted. The sense of nationhood is the inevitable
+outcome of the freedom and co-operation which the British system
+everywhere encourages; to attempt to repress it lest it should endanger
+imperial unity would be as short-sighted as the old attempt to restrict
+the natural growth of self-government because it also seemed a danger
+to imperial unity. The essence of the British system is the free
+development of natural tendencies, and the encouragement of variety of
+types; and the future towards which the Empire seems to be tending is
+not that of a highly centralised and unified state, but that of a
+brotherhood of free nations, united by community of ideas and
+institutions, co-operating for many common ends, and above all for the
+common defence in case of need, but each freely following the natural
+trend of its own development.
+
+That is the conception of empire, unlike any other ever entertained by
+men upon this planet, which was already shaping itself among the
+British communities when the terrible ordeal of the Great War came to
+test it, and to prove as not even the staunchest believer could have
+anticipated, that it was capable of standing the severest trial which
+men or institutions have ever had to undergo.
+
+
+
+
+IX
+
+THE GREAT CHALLENGE, 1900-1914
+
+
+At the opening of the twentieth century the long process whereby the
+whole globe has been brought under the influence of European
+civilisation was practically completed; and there had emerged a group
+of gigantic empires, which in size far surpassed the ancient Empire of
+Rome; each resting upon, and drawing its strength from, a unified
+nation-state. In the hands of these empires the political destinies of
+the world seemed to rest, and the lesser nation-states appeared to be
+altogether overshadowed by them. Among the vast questions which fate
+was putting to humanity, there were none more momentous than these: On
+what principles, and in what spirit, were these nation-empires going to
+use the power which they had won over their vast and varied multitudes
+of subjects? What were to be their relations with one another? Were
+they to be relations of conflict, each striving to weaken or destroy
+its rivals in the hope of attaining a final world-supremacy? Or were
+they to be relations of co-operation in the development of
+civilisation, extending to the whole world those tentative but far from
+unsuccessful efforts after international co-operation which the
+European states had long been endeavouring to work out among
+themselves?[9] At first it seemed as if the second alternative might be
+adopted, for these were the days of the Hague Conferences; but the
+development of events during the first fourteen years of the century
+showed with increasing clearness that one of the new world-states was
+resolute to make a bid for world-supremacy, and the gradual maturing of
+this challenge, culminating in the Great War, constitutes the supreme
+interest of these years.
+
+
+[9] See the Essay on Internationalism (Nationalism and
+Internationalism, p. 124 ff.).
+
+
+The oldest, and (by the rough tests of area, population, and natural
+resources) by far the greatest of these new composite world-states, was
+the British Empire, which included 12,000,000 square miles, or
+one-quarter of the land-surface of the globe. It rested upon the
+wealth, vigour, and skill of a population of 45,000,000 in the
+homeland, to which might be added, but only by their own consent, the
+resources of five young daughter-nations, whose population only
+amounted to about 15,000,000. Thus it stood upon a rather narrow
+foundation. And while it was the greatest, it was also beyond
+comparison the most loosely organised of all these empires. It was
+rather a partnership of a multitude of states in every grade of
+civilisation than an organised and consolidated dominion. Five of its
+chief members were completely self-governing, and shared in the common
+burdens only by their own free will. All the remaining members were
+organised as distinct units, though subject to the general control of
+the home government. The resources of each unit were employed
+exclusively for the development of its own welfare. They paid no
+tribute; they were not required to provide any soldiers beyond the
+minimum needed for their own defence and the maintenance of internal
+order. This empire, in short, was not in any degree organised for
+military purposes. It possessed no great land-army, and was, therefore,
+incapable of threatening the existence of any of its rivals. It
+depended for its defence firstly upon its own admirable strategic
+distribution, since it was open to attack at singularly few points
+otherwise than from the sea; it depended mainly, for that reason, upon
+naval power, and secure command of the sea-roads by which its members
+were linked was absolutely vital to its existence. Only by sea-power
+(which is always weak in the offensive) could it threaten its
+neighbours or rivals; and its sea-power, during four centuries, had
+always, in war, been employed to resist the threatened domination of
+any single power, and had never, in time of peace, been employed to
+restrict the freedom of movement of any of the world's peoples. On the
+contrary, the Freedom of the Seas had been established by its
+victories, and dated from the date of its ascendancy. The life-blood of
+this empire was trade; its supreme interest was manifestly peace. The
+conception of the meaning of empire which had been developed by its
+history was not a conception of dominion for dominion's sake, or of the
+exploitation of subjects for the advantage of a master. On the
+contrary, it had come to mean (especially during the nineteenth
+century) a trust; a trust to be administered in the interests of the
+subjects primarily, and secondarily in the interests of the whole
+civilised world. That this is not the assertion of a theory or an
+ideal, but of a fact and a practice, is sufficiently demonstrated by
+two unquestionable facts: the first that the units which formed this
+empire were not only free from all tribute in money or men, but were
+not even required to make any contribution towards the upkeep of the
+fleet, upon which the safety of all depended; the second that every
+port and every market in this vast empire, so far as they were under
+the control of the central government, were thrown open as freely to
+the citizens of all other states as to its own. Finally, in this empire
+there had never been any attempt to impose a uniformity of method or
+even of laws upon the infinitely various societies which it included:
+it not merely permitted, it cultivated and admired, varieties of type,
+and to the maximum practicable degree believed in self-government.
+Because these were the principles upon which it was administered, the
+real strength of this empire was far greater than it appeared. But
+beyond question it was ill-prepared and ill-organised for war; desiring
+peace beyond all things, and having given internal peace to one-quarter
+of the earth's population, it was apt to be over-sanguine about the
+maintenance of peace. And if a great clash of empires should come, this
+was likely to tell against it.
+
+The second oldest--perhaps it ought to be described as the oldest--of
+the world-empires, and the second largest in area, was the Russian
+Empire, which covered 8,500,000 square miles of territory. Its strength
+was that its vast domains formed a single continuous block, and that
+its population was far more homogeneous than that of its rivals, three
+out of four of its subjects being either of the Russian or of kindred
+Slavonic stock. Its weaknesses were that it was almost land-locked,
+nearly the whole of its immense coastline being either inaccessible, or
+ice-bound during half of the year; and that it had not adopted modern
+methods of government, being subject to a despotism, working through an
+inefficient, tyrannical, and corrupt bureaucracy. In the event of a
+European war it was further bound to suffer from the facts that its
+means of communication and its capacity for the movement of great
+armies were ill-developed; and that it was far behind all its rivals in
+the control of industrial machinery and applied science, upon which
+modern warfare depends, and without which the greatest wealth of
+man-power is ineffective. At the opening of the twentieth century
+Russia was still pursuing the policy of Eastward expansion at the
+expense of China, which the other Western powers had been compelled to
+abandon by the formation of the Anglo-Japanese alliance. Able to bring
+pressure upon China from the landward side, she was not deterred by the
+naval predominance which this alliance enjoyed, and she still hoped to
+control Manchuria, and to dominate the policy of China. But these aims
+brought her in conflict with Japan, who had been preparing for the
+conflict ever since 1895. The outcome of the war (1904), which ended in
+a disastrous Russian defeat, had the most profound influence upon the
+politics of the world. It led to an internal revolution in Russia. It
+showed that the feet of the colossus were of clay, and that her
+bureaucratic government was grossly corrupt and incompetent. It forbade
+Russia to take an effective part in the critical events of the
+following years, and notably disabled her from checking the progress of
+German and Austrian ascendancy in the Balkans. Above all it increased
+the self-confidence of Germany, and inspired her rulers with the
+dangerous conviction that the opposing forces with which they would
+have to deal in the expected contest for the mastery of Europe could be
+more easily overthrown than they had anticipated. To the Russian defeat
+must be mainly attributed the blustering insolence of German policy
+during the next ten years, and the boldness of the final challenge in
+1914.
+
+The third of the great empires was that of France, with 5,000,000
+square miles of territory, mostly acquired in very recent years, but
+having roots in the past. It rested upon a home population of only
+39,000,000, but these belonged to the most enlightened, the most
+inventive, and the most chivalrous stock in Christendom. As France had,
+a hundred years before, raised the standard of human rights among the
+European peoples, so she was now bringing law and justice and peace to
+the backward peoples of Africa and the East; and was finding in the
+pride of this achievement some consolation for the brutality with which
+she had been hurled from the leadership of Europe.
+
+The fourth of the great empires was America, with some 3,000,000 square
+miles of territory, and a vague claim of suzerainty over the vast area
+of Central and South America. Her difficult task of welding into a
+nation masses of people of the most heterogeneous races had been made
+yet more difficult by the enormous flood of immigrants, mainly from the
+northern, eastern, and south-eastern parts of Europe, which had poured
+into her cities during the last generation: they proved to be in many
+ways more difficult to digest than their predecessors, and they tended,
+in a dangerous way, to live apart and to organise themselves as
+separate communities. The presence of these organised groups made it
+sometimes hard for America to maintain a quite clear and distinctive
+attitude in the discussions of the powers, most of which had, as it
+were, definite bodies of advocates among her citizens; and it was
+perhaps in part for this reason that she had tended to fall back again
+to that attitude of aloofness towards the affairs of the non-American
+world from which she seemed to have begun to depart in the later years
+of the last century. Although she had herself taken a hand in the
+imperialist activities of the 'nineties, the general attitude of her
+citizens towards the imperial controversies of Europe was one of
+contempt or undiscriminating condemnation. Her old tradition of
+isolation from the affairs of Europe was still very strong--still the
+dominating factor in her policy. She had not yet grasped (indeed, who,
+in any country, had?) the political consequences of the new era of
+world-economy into which we have passed. And therefore she could not
+see that the titanic conflict of Empires which was looming ahead was of
+an altogether different character from the old conflicts of the
+European states, that it was fundamentally a conflict of principles, a
+fight for existence between the ideal of self-government and the ideal
+of dominion, and that it must therefore involve, for good or ill, the
+fortunes of the whole globe. She watched the events which led up to the
+great agony with impartial and deliberate interest. Even when the war
+began she clung with obstinate faith to the belief that her tradition
+of aloofness might still be maintained. It is not surprising, when we
+consider how deep-rooted this tradition was, that it took two and a
+half years of carnage and horror to convert her from it. But it was
+inevitable that in the end her still more deeply rooted tradition of
+liberty should draw her into the conflict, and lead her at last to play
+her proper part in the attempt to shape a new world-order.
+
+We cannot stop to analyse the minor world-states, Italy and Japan; both
+of which might have stood aside from the conflict, but that both
+realised its immense significance for themselves and for the world.
+
+Last among the world-states, both in the date of its foundation and in
+the extent of its domains, was the empire of Germany, which covered
+considerably less than 1,500,000 square miles, but rested upon a home
+population of nearly 70,000,000, more docile, more industrious, and
+more highly organised than any other human society. The empire of
+Germany had been more easily and more rapidly acquired than any of the
+others, yet since its foundation it had known many troubles, because
+the hard and domineering spirit in which it was ruled did not know how
+to win the affections of its subjects. A parvenu among the great
+states--having only attained the dignity of nationhood in the
+mid-nineteenth century--Germany has shown none of that 'genius for
+equality' which is the secret of good manners and of friendship among
+nations as among individuals. Her conversation, at home and abroad, had
+the vulgar self-assertiveness of the parvenu, and turned always and
+wholly upon her own greatness. And her conduct has been the echo of her
+conversation. She has persuaded herself that she has a monopoly of
+power, of wisdom, and of knowledge, and deserves to rule the earth. Of
+the magnitude and far-reaching nature of her imperialist ambitions, we
+have said something in a previous chapter. She had as yet failed to
+realise any of these vaulting schemes, but she had not for that reason
+abandoned any of them, and she kept her clever and insidious
+preparations on foot in every region of the world upon which her
+acquisitive eyes had rested. But the exasperation of her steady failure
+to achieve the place in the world which she had marked out as her due
+had driven her rulers more and more definitely to contemplate, and
+prepared her people to uphold, a direct challenge to all her rivals.
+The object of this challenge was to win for Germany her due share in
+the non-European world, her 'place in the sun.' Her view of what that
+share must be was such that it could not be attained without the
+overthrow of all her European rivals, and this would bring with it the
+lordship of the world. It must be all or nothing. Though not quite
+realising this alternative, the mind of Germany was not afraid of it.
+She was in the mood to make a bold attempt, if need be, to grasp even
+the sceptre of world-supremacy. The world could not believe that any
+sane people could entertain such megalomaniac visions; not even the
+events of the decade 1904-14 were enough to bring conviction; it needed
+the tragedy and desolation of the war to prove at once their reality
+and their folly. For they were folly even if they could be momentarily
+realised. They sprang from the traditions of Prussia, which seemed to
+demonstrate that all things were possible to him who dared all, and
+scrupled nothing, and calculated his chances and his means with
+precision. By force and fraud the greatness of Prussia had been built;
+by force and fraud Prussia-Germany had become the leading state of
+Europe, feared by all her rivals and safe from all attack. Force and
+fraud appeared to be the determining factors in human affairs; even the
+philosophers of Germany devoted their powers to justifying and
+glorifying them. By force and fraud, aided by science, Germany should
+become the leader of the world, and perhaps its mistress. Never has the
+doctrine of power been proclaimed with more unflinching directness as
+the sole and sufficient motive for state action. There was practically
+no pretence that Germany desired to improve the condition of the lands
+she wished to possess, or that they were misgoverned, or that the
+existing German territories were threatened: what pretence there was,
+was invented after war began. The sole and sufficient reason put
+forward by the advocates of the policy which Germany was pursuing was
+that she wanted more power and larger dominions; and what she wanted
+she proposed to take.
+
+On the surface it seemed mere madness for the least and latest of the
+great empires to challenge all the rest, just as it had once seemed
+madness for Frederick the Great, with his little state, to stand up
+against all but one of the great European powers. But Germany had
+calculated her chances, and knew that there were many things in her
+favour. She knew that in the last resort the strength of the
+world-states rested upon their European foundations, and here the
+inequality was much less. In a European struggle she could draw great
+advantage from her central geographical position, which she had
+improved to the highest extent by the construction of a great system of
+strategic railways. She could trust to her superbly organised military
+system, more perfect than that of any other state, just because no
+other state has ever regarded war as the final aim and the highest form
+of state action. She commanded unequalled resources in all the
+mechanical apparatus of war; she had spared no pains to build up her
+armament works, which had, indeed, supplied a great part of the world;
+she had developed all the scientific industries in such a way that
+their factories could be rapidly and easily turned to war purposes; and
+having given all her thoughts to the coming struggle as no other nation
+had done, she knew, better than any other, how largely it would turn
+upon these things. She counted securely upon winning an immense
+advantage from the fact that she would herself fix the date of war, and
+enter upon it with a sudden spring, fully prepared, against rivals who,
+clinging to the hope of peace, would be unready for the onset. She
+hoped to sow jealousies among her rivals; she trusted to catch them at
+a time when they were engrossed in their domestic concerns, and in this
+respect fate seemed to play into her hands, since at the moment which
+she had predetermined, Britain, France, and Russia were all distracted
+by domestic controversies. She trusted also to her reading of the minds
+and temper of her opponents; and here she went wildly astray, as must
+always be the fate of the nation or the man who is blinded by
+self-complacency and by contempt for others.
+
+But, above all, she put her trust in a vast political combination which
+she had laboriously prepared during the years preceding the great
+conflict: the combination which we have learned to call Mittel-Europa.
+None of us realised to how great an extent this plan had been put in
+operation before the war began. Briefly it depended on the possibility
+of obtaining an intimate union with the Austro-Hungarian Empire, a
+control over the Turkish Empire, and a sufficient influence or control
+among the little Balkan states to ensure through communication. If the
+scheme could be carried out in full, it would involve the creation of a
+practically continuous empire stretching from the North Sea to the
+Persian Gulf, and embracing a total population of over 150,000,000.
+This would be a dominion worth acquiring for its own sake, since it
+would put Germany on a level with her rivals. But it would have the
+further advantage that it would hold a central position in relation to
+the other world-powers, corresponding to Germany's central position in
+relation to the other nation-states of Europe. Russia could be struck
+at along the whole length of her western and south-western frontier;
+the British Empire could be threatened in Egypt, the centre of its
+ocean lines of communication, and also from the Persian Gulf in the
+direction of India; the French Empire could be struck at the heart, in
+its European centre; and all without seriously laying open the
+attacking powers to the invasion of sea-power.
+
+It was a bold and masterful scheme, and it was steadily pursued during
+the years before the war. Austro-Hungary was easily influenced. The
+ascendancy of her ruling races--nay, the very existence of her
+composite anti-national empire--was threatened by the nationalist
+movements among her subject-peoples, who, cruelly oppressed at home,
+were more and more beginning to turn towards their free brothers over
+the border, in Serbia and Rumania; and behind these loomed Russia, the
+traditional protector of the Slav peoples and of the Orthodox faith.
+Austro-Hungary, therefore, leant upon the support of Germany, and her
+dominant races would be very willing to join in a war which should
+remove the Russian menace and give them a chance of subjugating the
+Serbs. This latter aim suited the programme of Germany as well as it
+suited that of Austria, since the railways to Constantinople and
+Salonika ran through Serbia. Serbia, therefore, was doomed; she stood
+right in the path of the Juggernaut car.
+
+The acquisition of influence in Turkey was also comparatively easy.
+Constantinople is a city where lavish corruption can work wonders.
+Moreover Turkey was, in the last years of the nineteenth century, in
+bad odour with Europe; and Germany was able to earn in 1897 the lasting
+gratitude of the infamous Sultan Abdul Hamid by standing between him
+and the other European powers, who were trying to interfere with his
+indulgence in the pastime of massacring the Armenians. Turkey had had
+many protectors among the European powers. She had never before had one
+so complaisant about the murder of Christians. From that date Germany
+was all-powerful in Turkey. The Turkish army was reorganised under her
+direction, and practically passed under her control. Most of the
+Turkish railways were acquired and managed by German companies. And
+presently the great scheme of the Bagdad railway began to be carried
+through. The Young Turk revolution in 1908 and the fall of Abdul Hamid
+gave, indeed, a shock to the German ascendancy; but only for a moment.
+The Young Turks were as amenable to corruption as their predecessors;
+and under the guidance of Enver Bey Turkey relapsed into German
+suzerainty. Thus the most important parts of the great scheme were in a
+fair way of success by 1910. One of the merits of this scheme was that
+as the Sultan of Turkey was the head of the Mahomedan religion, the
+German protectorate over Turkey gave a useful mode of appealing to the
+religious sentiments of Mahomedans everywhere. Twice over, in 1898 and
+in 1904, the Kaiser had declared that he was the protector of all
+Mahomedans throughout the world. Most of the Mahomedans were subjects
+either of Britain, France, or Russia--the three rival empires that were
+to be overthrown. As General Bernhardi put it, Germany in her struggle
+for Weltmacht must supplement her material weapons with spiritual
+weapons.
+
+To obtain a similar ascendancy over the Balkan states was more
+difficult; for the Turk was the secular enemy of all of them, and
+Austria was the foe of two of the four, and to bring these little
+states into partnership with their natural enemies seemed an all but
+impossible task. Yet a good deal could be, and was, done. In two of the
+four chief Balkan states German princes occupied the thrones, a
+Hohenzollern in Rumania, a Coburger in Bulgaria; in a third, the
+heir-apparent to the Greek throne was honoured with the hand of the
+Kaiser's own sister. Western peoples had imagined that the day had gone
+by when the policy of states could be deflected by such facts;
+especially as the Balkan states all had democratic parliamentary
+constitutions. But the Germans knew better than the West. They knew
+that kings could still play a great part in countries where the bulk of
+the electorate were illiterate, and where most of the class of
+professional politicians were always open to bribes. Their calculations
+were justified. King Carol of Rumania actually signed a treaty of
+alliance with Germany without consulting his ministers or parliament.
+King Ferdinand of Bulgaria was able to draw his subjects into an
+alliance with the Turks, who had massacred their fathers in 1876,
+against the Russians, who had saved them from destruction. King
+Constantine of Greece was able to humiliate and disgrace the country
+over which he ruled, in order to serve the purposes of his
+brother-in-law. These sovereigns may have been the unconscious
+implements of a policy which they did not understand. But they earned
+their wages.
+
+There were, indeed, two moments when the great scheme came near being
+wrecked. One was when Italy, the sleeping partner of the Triple
+Alliance, who was not made a sharer in these grandiose and vile
+projects, attacked and conquered the Turkish province of Tripoli in
+1911, and strained to breaking-point the loyalty of the Turks to
+Germany. The other was when, under the guidance of the two great
+statesmen of the Balkans, Venizelos of Greece and Pashitch of Serbia,
+the Balkan League was formed, and the power of Turkey in Europe broken.
+If the League had held together, the great German project would have
+been ruined, or at any rate gravely imperilled. But Germany and Austria
+contrived to throw an apple of discord among the Balkan allies at the
+Conference of London in 1912, and then stimulated Bulgaria to attack
+Serbia and Greece. The League was broken up irreparably; its members
+had been brought into a sound condition of mutual hatred; and Bulgaria,
+isolated among distrustful neighbours, was ready to become the tool of
+Germany in order that by her aid she might achieve (fond hope!) the
+hegemony of the Balkans. This brilliant stroke was effected in
+1913--the year before the Great War. All that remained was to ruin
+Serbia. For that purpose Austria had long been straining at the leash.
+She had been on the point of making an attack in 1909, in 1912, in
+1913. In 1914 the leash was slipped. If the rival empires chose to look
+on while Serbia was destroyed, well and good: in that case the
+Berlin-Bagdad project could be systematically developed and
+consolidated, and the attack on the rival empires could come later. If
+not, still it was well; for all was ready for the great challenge.
+
+We have dwelt at some length upon this gigantic project, because it has
+formed during all these years the heart and centre of the German
+designs, and even to-day it is the dearest of German hopes. Not until
+she is utterly defeated will she abandon it; because its abandonment
+must involve the abandonment of every hope of a renewed attempt at
+world-supremacy, after an interval for reorganisation and recovery. Not
+until the German control over Austria and Turkey, more complete to-day,
+after two and a half years of war, than it has ever been before, has
+been destroyed by the splitting up of Austria among the nationalities
+to which her territory belongs, and by the final overthrow of the
+Turkish Empire, will the German dream of world-dominion be shattered.
+
+But while this fundamentally important project was being worked out,
+other events, almost equally momentous in their bearing upon the coming
+conflict, were taking place elsewhere. It was the obvious policy of
+Germany to keep her rivals on bad terms with one another. The tradition
+of Bismarck bade her isolate each victim before it was destroyed. But
+the insolence and the megalomania of modern Germany made this
+difficult. German writers were busily and openly explaining the fate
+marked out for all the other powers. France was to be so crushed that
+she would 'never again be able to stand in our path.' The bloated and
+unconsolidated empire of Britain was to be shattered. The Russian
+barbarians were to be thrust back into Asia. And what the pamphleteers
+and journalists wrote was expressed with almost equal clearness in the
+tone of German diplomacy. In face of all this, the clumsy attempts of
+the German government to isolate their rivals met with small success,
+even though these rivals had many grounds of controversy among
+themselves. France knew what she had to fear; and the interpolation of
+a few clumsy bids for her favour amid the torrent of insults against
+her which filled the German press, were of no avail; especially as she
+had to look on at the unceasing petty persecution practised in the lost
+provinces of Alsace-Lorraine. Russia had been alienated by the first
+evidences of German designs in the Balkans, and driven into a close
+alliance with France. Britain, hitherto obstinately friendly to
+Germany, began to be perturbed by the growing German programmes of
+naval construction from 1900 onwards, by the absolute refusal of
+Germany to consider any proposal for mutual disarmament or retardation
+of construction, and above all by the repeated assertions of the head
+of the German state that Germany aspired to naval supremacy, that her
+future was on the sea, that the trident must be in her hands. Should
+the trident fall into any but British hands, the existence of the
+British Empire, and the very livelihood of the British homeland, would
+rest at the mercy of him who wielded it. So, quite inevitably, the
+three threatened empires drew together and reconciled their differences
+in the Franco-British agreement of 1904 and the Russo-British agreement
+of 1907.
+
+These agreements dealt wholly with extra-European questions, and
+therefore deserve some analysis. In the Franco-British agreement the
+main feature was that while France withdrew her opposition to the
+British position in Egypt, Britain on her side recognised the paramount
+political interest of France in Morocco. It was the agreement about
+Morocco which counted for most; because it was the beginning of a
+controversy which lasted for seven years, which was twice used by
+Germany as a means for testing, and endeavouring to break, the
+friendship of her rivals, and which twice brought Europe to the verge
+of war.
+
+Morocco is a part of that single region of mountainous North Africa of
+which France already controlled the remainder, Tunis and Algeria.
+Peoples of the same type inhabited the whole region, but while in Tunis
+and Algeria they were being brought under the influence of law and
+order, in Morocco they remained in anarchy. Only a conventional line
+divided Morocco from Algeria, and the anarchy among the tribesmen on
+one side of the line inevitably had an unhappy effect upon the people
+on the other side of the line. More than once France had been
+compelled, for the sake of Algeria, to intervene in Morocco. It is
+impossible to exaggerate the anarchy which existed in the interior of
+this rich and wasted country. It was, indeed, the most lawless region
+remaining in the world: when Mr. Bernard Shaw wished to find a scene
+for a play in which the hero should be a brigand chief leading a band
+of rascals and outlaws from all countries, Morocco presented the only
+possible scene remaining in the world. And this anarchy was the more
+unfortunate, not only because the country was naturally rich and ought
+to have been prosperous, but also because it lay in close proximity to
+great civilised states, and on one of the main routes of commerce at
+the entrance to the Mediterranean. In its ports a considerable traffic
+was carried on by European traders, but this traffic was, owing to the
+anarchic condition of the country, nothing like as great as it ought to
+have been. In 1905, 39 per cent. of it was controlled by French
+traders, 32 per cent. by British traders, 12 per cent. by German
+traders, and 5 per cent. by Spanish traders. Manifestly this was a
+region where law and order ought to be established, in the interests of
+civilisation. The powers most directly concerned were in the first
+place France, with her neighbouring territory and her preponderant
+trade; in the second place Britain, whose strategic interests as well
+as her trading interests were involved; in the third place Spain, which
+directly faced the Morocco coast; while Germany had only trading
+interests involved, and so long as these were safeguarded, had no
+ground of complaint. If any single power was to intervene, manifestly
+the first claim was upon France.
+
+In 1900 France had directed the attention of Europe to the disorderly
+condition of Morocco, and had proposed to intervene to restore order,
+on the understanding that she should not annex the country, or
+interfere with the trading rights of other nations. Some states agreed;
+Germany made no reply, but made no objection. But owing to the
+opposition of Britain, who was then on bad terms with France and feared
+to see an unfriendly power controlling the entrance to the
+Mediterranean, no action was taken; and in the next years the chaos in
+Morocco grew worse. By the agreement of 1904 Britain withdrew her
+objection to French intervention, and recognised the prior political
+rights of France in Morocco, on the condition that the existing
+government of Morocco should be maintained, that none of its territory
+should be annexed, and that 'the open door' should be preserved for the
+trade of all nations. But, of course, it was possible, and even
+probable, that the existing Moroccan government could not be made
+efficient. In that case, what should happen? The possibility had to be
+contemplated by reasonable statesmen, and provided against. But to do
+so in a public treaty would have been to condemn beforehand the
+existing system. Therefore a hypothetical arrangement was made for this
+possible future event in a secret treaty, to which Spain was made a
+party; whereby it was provided that if the arrangement should break
+down, and France should have to establish a definite protectorate, the
+vital part of the north coast should pass under the control of Spain.
+
+To the public part of these arrangements, which alone were of immediate
+importance, no objection was made by any of the other powers, and the
+German Chancellor told the Reichstag that German interests were not
+affected. France accordingly drew up a scheme of reforms in the
+government of Morocco, which the Sultan was invited to accept. But
+before he had accepted them the German Kaiser suddenly came to Tangier
+in his yacht, had an interview with the Sultan in which he urged him to
+reject the French demands, and made a public speech in which he
+declared himself the protector of the Mahomedans, asserted that no
+European power had special rights in Morocco, and announced his
+determination to support the 'independence and integrity' of
+Morocco--which in existing circumstances meant the maintenance of
+anarchy. What was the reason for this sudden and insolent
+intervention--made without any previous communication with France? The
+main reason was that France's ally, Russia, had just been severely
+defeated by Japan, and would not be able to take part in a European
+war. Therefore, it appeared, France might be bullied; Britain might not
+be willing to risk war on such an issue; the Entente of 1904 might be
+destroyed; the extension of French influence might be prevented; and
+the preservation of a state of anarchy in Morocco would leave open the
+chance of a seizure of that country by Germany at a later date, thus
+enabling her to dominate the entrance to the Mediterranean, and to
+threaten Algeria. But this pretty scheme did not succeed. The Entente
+held firm. Britain gave steady support to France, as indeed she was
+bound in honour to do; and in the end a conference of the powers was
+held at Algeciras (Spain). At this conference the predominating right
+of France to political influence in Morocco was formally recognised;
+and it was agreed that the government of the Sultan should be
+maintained, and that all countries should have equal trading rights in
+Morocco. This was, of course, the very basis of the Franco-British
+agreement. On every point at which she tried to score a success over
+France, Germany was defeated by the votes of the other powers, even her
+own ally, Italy, deserting her.
+
+But the German intervention had had its effect. The Sultan had refused
+the French scheme of reform. The elements of disorder in Morocco were
+encouraged to believe that they had the protection of Germany, and the
+activity of German agents strengthened this belief. The anarchy grew
+steadily worse. In 1907 Sir Harry Maclean was captured by a brigand
+chief, and the British government had to pay 20,000 pounds ransom for
+his release. In the same year a number of European workmen engaged on
+harbour works at Casablanca were murdered by tribesmen; and the French
+had to send a force which had a year's fighting before it reduced the
+district to order. In 1911 the Sultan was besieged in his capital
+(where there were a number of European residents) by insurgent
+tribesmen, and had to invite the French to send an army to his relief.
+
+This was seized upon by Germany as a pretext. Morocco was no longer
+'independent.' The agreement of Algecras was dead. Therefore she
+resumed her right to put forward what claims she pleased in Morocco.
+Suddenly her gunboat, the Panther, appeared off Agadir. It was meant as
+an assertion that Germany had as much right to intervene in Morocco as
+France. And it was accompanied by a demand that if France wanted to be
+left free in Morocco, she must buy the approval of Germany. The
+settlement of Morocco was to be a question solely between France and
+Germany. The Entente of 1904, the agreement of 1906, the Moroccan
+interests of Britain (much more important than those of Germany), and
+the interests of the other powers of the Algeciras Conference, were to
+count for nothing. Germany's voice must be the determining factor. But
+Germany announced that she was willing to be bought off by large
+concessions of French territory elsewhere--provided that Britain was
+not allowed to have anything to say: provided, that is, that the
+agreement of 1904 was scrapped. This was a not too subtle way of trying
+to drive a wedge between two friendly powers. It did not succeed.
+Britain insisted upon being consulted. There was for a time a real
+danger of war. In the end peace was maintained by the cession by France
+of considerable areas in the Congo as the price of German abstention
+from intervening in a sphere where she had no right to intervene. But
+Morocco was left under a definite French protectorate.
+
+We have dwelt upon the Morocco question at some length, partly because
+it attracted a vast amount of interest during the years of preparation
+for the war; partly because it affords an extraordinarily good
+illustration of the difficulty of maintaining peaceable relations with
+Germany, and of the spirit in which Germany approached the delicate
+questions of inter-imperial relationships--a spirit far removed indeed
+from that friendly willingness for compromise and co-operation by which
+alone the peace of the world could be maintained; and partly because it
+illustrates the crudity and brutality of the methods by which Germany
+endeavoured to separate her intended victims. It is improbable that she
+ever meant to go to war on the Moroccan question. She meant to go to
+war on whatever pretext might present itself when all her preparations
+were ready; but in the meanwhile she would avoid war on all questions
+but one: and that one was the great Berlin-Bagdad project, the keystone
+of her soaring arch of Empire. She would fight to prevent the ruin of
+that scheme. Otherwise she would preserve the peace, she would even
+make concessions to preserve the peace, until the right moment had
+come. In that sense Germany was a peace-loving power: in that sense
+alone.
+
+On the agreement between Russia and Britain in 1907 it is unnecessary
+to dwell with such fulness. The agreement turned mainly upon the
+removal of causes of friction in the Middle East--in Persia and the
+Persian Gulf, and in Tibet. These were in themselves interesting and
+thorny questions, especially the question of Persia, where the two
+powers established distinct spheres of interest and a sort of joint
+protectorate. But they need not detain us, because they had no direct
+bearing upon the events leading up to the war, except in so far as, by
+removing friction between two rivals of long standing, they made it
+possible for them to co-operate for their common defence against a
+menace that became more and more apparent.
+
+From 1907 onwards Germany found herself confronted by united defensive
+action on the part of the three empires whose downfall she intended to
+compass. It was not (except as regarded France and Russia) a formal
+alliance which bound these powers. There was no fixed agreement between
+them as to military co-operation. France and Britain had indeed, in
+1906 and in 1911, consulted as to the military steps they should take
+if they were drawn into war, as seemed likely in those years, but
+neither was in any way bound to help the other under all circumstances.
+France and Britain had also agreed that the French fleet should be
+concentrated in the Mediterranean, the main British fleet in the North
+Sea. This arrangement (which was universally known, and, indeed, could
+not be concealed) put Britain under a moral obligation to defend France
+against naval attack, but only if France were the object of aggression.
+It was, therefore, actually a safeguard of peace, since it ensured that
+neither France nor, consequently, her ally, Russia, would begin a war
+without being sure of the concurrence of Britain, the most pacific of
+powers. As the diplomatic records show, at the opening of the Great War
+they were not sure of this concurrence, even for naval purposes, until
+August 1, when the die was already cast. The Triple Entente, therefore,
+was not an alliance; it was only an agreement for common diplomatic
+action in the hope of averting a terrible menace.
+
+Until 1911 Germany, or some elements in Germany, seem to have hoped
+that she could get her own way by bullying and rattling her sabre, and
+that by these means she could frighten her rivals, make them mutually
+distrustful, and so break up their combination and deal with them in
+detail. Those who held this view were the peace-party (so-called), and
+they included the Kaiser and his Chancellor. They would probably not
+themselves have accepted this description of their policy, but in
+practice this is what it meant. But there was always a formidable and
+influential party in Germany which had no patience with these
+hesitations, and was eager to draw the sabre. It included the men of
+the General Staff, backed by the numerous Pan-German societies and
+newspapers. The issue of the Morocco question in 1911, which showed
+that the policy of bullying had failed, played into the hands of the
+men of violence; and from this moment began the last strenuous burst of
+military preparation which preceded the war. In 1911 was passed the
+first of a series of Army Acts for the increase of the already immense
+German army, and still more for the provision of vast equipment and the
+scientific apparatus of destruction; two further Acts for the same
+purpose followed in 1912 and in 1913. In 1911 also was published
+General Bernhardi's famous book, which defined and described the course
+of future action, and the aim which Germany was henceforth to pursue
+with all her strength: Weltmacht oder Niedergang, world-power or
+downfall.
+
+The events in the Balkans in 1912 and 1913 completed the conversion of
+those who still clung to the policy of peaceful bullying. The formation
+and triumph of the Balkan League in 1912 formed a grave set-back for
+the Berlin-Bagdad project, which would be ruined if these little states
+became strong enough, or united enough, to be independent. The break-up
+of the Balkan League and the second Balkan War of 1913 improved the
+situation from the German point of view. But they left Serbia
+unsatisfactorily strong, and Serbia distrusted Austria, and controlled
+the communications with Constantinople. Serbia must be destroyed;
+otherwise the Berlin-Bagdad project, and with it the world-power of
+which it was to be the main pillar, would be always insecure. Austria
+was for attacking Serbia at once in 1913. Germany held her back: the
+widening of the Kiel Canal was not completed, and the fruits of the
+latest Army Acts were not yet fully reaped. But all was ready in 1914;
+and the Great Challenge was launched. It would have been launched at or
+about that time even if an unpopular Austrian archduke, significantly
+unguarded by the Austrian police, had NOT been most opportunely
+murdered by an Austrian subject on Austrian territory. The murder was
+only a pretext. The real cause of the war was the resolution of Germany
+to strike for world-supremacy, and her belief that the time was
+favourable for the great adventure.
+
+Meanwhile, what had the threatened empires been doing during the years
+of strenuous German preparation which began in 1911? Their governments
+could not but be aware of the enormous activity which was taking place
+in that country--which was unthreatened on any side--though they
+probably did not know how thorough and how elaborate it was. What steps
+did they take to guard against the danger? Russia was busy constructing
+strategic railways, to make the movement of troops easier; she was
+erecting new munition factories. But neither could be quickly got
+ready. France imposed upon the whole of her manhood the obligation of
+serving for three instead of for two years in the army. Britain
+reorganised her small professional army, created the Territorial Force,
+and began the training of a large officer class in all the universities
+and public schools. But she did not attempt to create a national army.
+If she had done so, this would have been a signal for the precipitation
+of the war. Besides, Britain obstinately clung to the belief that so
+monstrous a crime as Germany seemed to be contemplating could never be
+committed by a civilised nation; and she trusted mainly to her fleet
+for her own security.
+
+But Britain unquestionably laboured with all her might to conjure away
+the nightmare. From 1906 onwards she had made, in vain, repeated
+attempts to persuade Germany to accept a mutual disarmament or
+retardation of naval construction. In 1912 she resolved upon a more
+definite step. The German newspapers were full of talk about the
+British policy of 'encircling' Germany in order to attack and destroy
+her, which they attributed mainly to Sir Edward Grey. It was a manifest
+absurdity, since the Franco-Russian alliance was formed in 1894, at a
+time when Britain was on bad terms with both France and Russia, and the
+agreements later made with these two countries were wholly devoted to
+removing old causes of dispute between them. But the German people
+obviously believed it. Perhaps the German government also believed it?
+Britain resolved to remove this apprehension. Accordingly in 1912 Lord
+Haldane was sent to Germany with a formal and definite statement,
+authorised by the Cabinet, to the effect that Britain had made no
+alliance or understanding which was aimed against Germany, and had no
+intention of doing so. That being so, since Germany need have no fear
+of an attack from Britain, why should not the two powers agree to
+reduce their naval expenditure? The German reply was that to stop the
+naval programme was impossible, but that construction might be DELAYED,
+on one condition--that both powers should sign a formal agreement drawn
+up by Germany. Each power was to pledge itself to absolute neutrality
+in any European war in which the other was engaged. Each power was to
+undertake to make no new alliances. But this agreement was not to
+affect existing alliances or the duties arising under them. This
+proposal was an obvious trap, and the German ministers who proposed it
+must have had the poorest opinion of the intelligence of English
+statesmen if they thought it was likely to be accepted. For observe
+that it left Germany, in conjunction with Austria, free to attack
+France and Russia. It left the formidable Triple Alliance unimpaired.
+But it tied the hands of Britain, who had no existing European
+alliances, enforced neutrality upon her in such a war, and compelled
+her to look on idly and wait her turn. In the present war, Germany
+could have pleaded that she was bound to take part by the terms of her
+alliance with Austria, who began it; but Britain would have been
+compelled to stand aloof. A very convenient arrangement for Germany,
+but not an arrangement that promised well for the peace of the world!
+
+Even this rebuff did not dishearten Britain. Feeling that Germany might
+have some reasonable ground of complaint in the fact that her share of
+the extra-European world was so much less than that of France or of
+Britain herself, Britain attempted to come to an agreement on this
+head, such as would show that she had no desire to prevent the imperial
+expansion of Germany. A treaty was proposed and discussed, and was
+ready to be submitted to the proper authorities for confirmation in
+June 1914. It has never been made public, because the war cancelled it
+before it came into effect, and we do not know its terms. But we do
+know that the German colonial enthusiast, Paul Rohrbach, who has seen
+the draft treaty, has said that the concessions made by Britain were
+astonishingly extensive, and met every reasonable German demand. This
+sounds as if the proposals of the treaty, whatever they were, had been
+recklessly generous. But this much is clear, that the government which
+had this treaty in its possession when it forced on the war was not to
+be easily satisfied. It did not want merely external possessions. It
+wanted supremacy; it wanted world-dominion.
+
+One last attempt the British government made in the frenzied days of
+negotiation which preceded the war. Sir Edward Grey had begged the
+German government to make ANY proposal which would make for peace, and
+promised his support beforehand; he had received no reply. He had
+undertaken that if Germany made any reasonable proposal, and France or
+Russia objected, he would have nothing further to do with France or
+Russia. Still there was no reply. Imagining that Germany might still be
+haunted by what Bismarck called 'the nightmare of coalition,' and might
+be rushing into war now because she feared a war in the future under
+more unfavourable conditions, he had pledged himself, if Germany would
+only say the word which would secure the peace, to use every effort to
+bring about a general understanding among the great powers which would
+banish all fears of an anti-German combination. It was of no use. The
+reply was the suggestion that Britain should bind herself to neutrality
+in this war on the following conditions: (a) that Germany should be
+given a free hand to violate the neutrality of Belgium (which Britain
+was bound by treaty to defend), on the understanding that Belgium
+should be reinstated after she had served her purpose, if she had
+offered no resistance; Belgium, be it noted, being bound in honour to
+offer resistance by the very treaty which Germany proposed to violate;
+and (b) that after France had been humiliated and beaten to the earth
+for the crime of possessing territories which Germany coveted, she
+should be restored to independence, and Germany should be content to
+annex her 5,000,000 square miles of colonies. In return for this
+undertaking Britain was to be--allowed to hold aloof from the war, and
+await her turn.
+
+There is no getting over these facts. The aim of Germany had come to be
+nothing less than world-supremacy. The destiny of the whole globe was
+to be put to the test. Surely this was the very insanity of megalomania.
+
+
+
+
+X
+
+WHAT OF THE NIGHT?
+
+
+The gigantic conflict into which the ambitions of Germany have plunged
+the world is the most tremendous event in human history, not merely
+because of the vast forces engaged, and the appalling volume of
+suffering which has resulted from it, but still more because of the
+magnitude of the principles for which it is being fought. It is a war
+to secure the right of communities which are linked together by the
+national spirit to determine their own destinies; it is a war to
+maintain the principles of humanity, the sanctity of formal
+undertakings between states, and the possibility of the co-operation of
+free peoples in the creation of a new and better world-order; it is a
+war between two principles of government, the principle of military
+autocracy and the principle of self-government. With all these aspects
+of the mighty struggle we are not here immediately concerned, though
+they have an intimate bearing upon our main theme: some of them have
+been analysed elsewhere.[10] But what does concern us most directly,
+and what makes this war the culmination of the long story which we have
+endeavoured to survey, is that this is a war in which, as in no earlier
+war, the whole fate and future of the now unified world is at stake.
+For just because the world is now, as never before, an indissoluble
+economic and political unity, the challenge of Germany, whatever view
+we may take of the immediate aims of the German state, inevitably
+raises the whole question of the principles upon which this unified
+world, unified by the victory of European civilisation, is to be in
+future directed. And the whole world knows, if vaguely, that these vast
+issues are at stake, and that this is no merely European conflict. That
+is why we see arrayed upon the fields of battle not only French,
+British, Russian, Italian, Serbian, Belgian, Rumanian, Greek and
+Portuguese soldiers, but Canadians, Australians, New Zealanders, South
+Africans, Indians, Algerians, Senegalese, Cambodians; and now,
+alongside of all these, the citizens of the American Republic. That is
+why Brazil and other states are hovering on the edge of the fray; why
+Japanese ships are helping to patrol the Mediterranean, why Arab armies
+are driving the Turk from the holy places of Mahomedanism, why African
+tribesmen are enrolled in new levies to clear the enemy out of his
+footholds in that continent. Almost the whole world is arrayed against
+the outlaw-power and her vassals. And the ultimate reason for this is
+that the whole world is concerned to see this terrible debate rightly
+determined.
+
+
+[10] In Nationalism and Internationalism and in National
+Self-Government.
+
+
+For the issue is as simple as this. Now that the world has been made
+one by the victory of Western civilisation, in what spirit is that
+supremacy to be used? Is it to be in the spirit expressed in the German
+Doctrine of Power, the spirit of mere dominion, ruthlessly imposed and
+ruthlessly exploited for the sole advantage of the master-power? That
+way ruin lies. Or is it to be in the spirit which has on the whole, and
+in spite of lapses, guided the progress of Western civilisation in the
+past, the spirit of respect for law and for the rights of the weak, the
+spirit of liberty which rejoices in variety of type and method, and
+which believes that the destiny towards which all peoples should be
+guided is that of self-government in freedom, and the co-operation of
+free peoples in the maintenance of common interests? Britain, France,
+and America have been the great advocates and exponents of these
+principles in the government of their own states: they are all ranged
+on one side to-day. Britain, also, as we have tried to show, has been
+led by Fate to take a chief part in the extension of these principles
+of Western civilisation to the non-European regions of the world; and,
+after many mistakes and failures, has in the direction of her own wide
+dominions found her way to a system which reconciles freedom with
+unity, and learned to regard herself as being only the trustee of
+civilisation in the government of the backward peoples whom she rules.
+For the just and final determination of such gigantic issues not even
+the terrible price we are paying is too high.
+
+The issue of the great conflict lies still upon the lap of the gods.
+Yet one thing is, we may hope, already assured. Although at the
+beginning of the war they came near to winning it, the Germans are not
+now likely to win that complete victory upon which they had calculated,
+and which would have brought as its prize the mastery of the world. We
+can now form some judgment of the extent of the calamity which this
+would have meant for humanity. There would have remained in the world
+no power capable of resisting this grim and ugly tyrant-state, with its
+brute strength and bestial cruelty as of a gorilla in the primaeval
+forest, reinforced by the cold and pitiless calculus of the man of
+science in his laboratory; unless, perhaps, Russia had in time
+recovered her strength, or unless America had not merely thrown over
+her tradition of aloofness and made up her mind to intervene, but had
+been allowed the time to organise her forces for resistance. Of the
+great empires which the modern age has brought into being, the Russian
+would have survived as a helpless and blinded mammoth; the French
+Empire would have vanished, and the proud and noble land of France
+would have sunk into vassalage and despair; the British Empire would
+assuredly have dissolved into its component parts, for its strength is
+still too much concentrated in the motherland for it to be able to hold
+together once her power was broken. After a few generations, that will
+no longer be the case; but to-day it is so, and the dream of a
+partnership of free nations which had begun to dawn upon us would have
+been shattered for ever by a complete German victory. Some of the atoms
+of what once was an empire might have been left in freedom, but they
+would have been powerless to resist the decrees of the Master-state.
+There would have been one supreme world-power; and that a power whose
+attitude towards backward races has been illustrated by the ruthless
+massacre of the Hereros; whose attitude towards ancient but
+disorganised civilisations has been illustrated by the history of
+Kiao-chau and by the celebrated allocution of the Kaiser to his
+soldiers on the eve of the Boxer expedition, when he bade them outdo
+the ferocity of Attila and his Huns; whose attitude towards kindred
+civilisations on the same level as their own has been illustrated
+before the war in the treatment of Danes, Poles, and Alsatians, and
+during the war in the treatment of Belgium, of the occupied districts
+in France, of Poland and of Serbia. The world would have lain at the
+mercy of an insolent and ruthless tyranny, the tyranny of a Kultur
+whose ideal is the uniformity of a perfect mechanism, not the variety
+of life. Such a fate humanity could not long have tolerated; yet before
+the iron mechanism could have been shattered, if once it had been
+established, there must have been inconceivable suffering, and
+civilisation must have fallen back many stages towards barbarism. From
+this fate, we may perhaps claim, the world was saved from the moment
+when not Britain only, but the British Empire, refused to await its
+turn according to the German plan, threw its whole weight into the
+scale, and showed that, though not organised for war, it was not the
+effete and decadent power, not the fortuitous combination of discordant
+and incoherent elements, which German theory had supposed; but that
+Freedom can create a unity and a virile strength capable of
+withstanding even the most rigid discipline, capable of enduring defeat
+and disappointment undismayed; but incapable of yielding to the
+insolence of brute force.
+
+It is still possible that the war may end in what is called an
+inconclusive peace; and as it is certain that of all her unrighteous
+gains that to which Germany will most desperately cling will be her
+domination over the Austrian and Turkish Empires, with the prospect
+which it affords of a later and more fortunate attempt at world-power,
+an inconclusive peace would mean that the whole world would live in
+constant dread of a renewal of these agonies and horrors in a still
+more awful form. What the effect of this would be upon the
+extra-European dominions of powers which would be drained of their
+manhood and loaded with the burden of the past war and the burden of
+preparation for the coming war, it is beyond our power to imagine. But
+it seems likely that the outer world would very swiftly begin to revise
+its judgment as to the value of that civilisation which it has, upon
+the whole, been ready to welcome; and chaos would soon come again.
+
+Finally, it is possible that the Evil Power may be utterly routed, and
+the allied empires, tried by fire, may be given the opportunity and the
+obligation of making, not merely a new Europe, but a new world. If that
+chance should come, how will they use it? One thing at least is clear.
+The task which will face the diplomats who take part in the coming
+peace-congress will be different in kind as well as in degree from that
+of any of their predecessors at any moment in human history. They will
+be concerned not merely with the adjustment of the differences of a few
+leading states, and not merely with the settlement of Europe: they will
+have to deal with the whole world, and to decide upon what principles
+and to what ends the leadership of the peoples of European stock over
+the non-European world is to be exercised. Whether they realise it or
+not, whether they intend it or not, they will create either a
+world-order or a world-disorder. And it will inevitably be a
+world-disorder which will result unless we do some hard thinking on
+this gigantic problem which faces us, and unless we are prepared to
+learn, from the history of the relations of Europe with the outer
+world, what are the principles by which we ought to be guided. We are
+too prone, when we think of the problems of the future peace, to fix
+our attention almost wholly upon Europe, and, if we think of the
+non-European world at all, to assume either that the problem is merely
+one of power, or that the principles which will guide us in the
+settlement of Europe can be equally applied outside of Europe. Both of
+these assumptions are dangerous, because both disregard the teachings
+of the past which we have been surveying.
+
+If, on the one hand, we are content to regard the problem as merely one
+of power, and to divide out the non-European world among the victors as
+the spoils of victory, we shall indeed have been conquered by the very
+spirit which we are fighting; we shall have become converts to the
+German Doctrine of Power, which has brought upon us all these ills, and
+may bring yet more appalling evils in the future. The world will emerge
+divided among a group of vast empires which will overshadow the lesser
+states. These empires will continue to regard one another with fear and
+suspicion, and to look upon their subject-peoples merely as providing
+the implements for a war of destruction, to be waged by cut-throat
+commercial rivalry in time of peace, and by man-power and machine-power
+in war. If that should be the result of all our agonies, the burden
+which must be laid upon the peoples of these empires, and the
+intolerable anticipation of what is to come, will make their yoke seem
+indeed a heavy one; will probably bring about their disintegration; and
+will end that ascendancy of Western civilisation over the world which
+the last four centuries have established. And justly; since Western
+civilisation will thus be made to stand not for justice and liberty,
+but for injustice and oppression. Such must be the inevitable result of
+any settlement of the non-European world which is guided merely by the
+ambitions of a few rival states and the Doctrine of Power.
+
+On the other hand, we are urged by enthusiasts for liberty, especially
+in Russia, to believe that imperialism as such is the enemy; that we
+must put an end for ever to all dominion exercised by one people over
+another; and that outside of Europe as within it we must trust to the
+same principles for the hope of future peace--the principles of
+national freedom and self-government--and leave all peoples everywhere
+to control freely their own destinies. But this is a misreading of the
+facts as fatal as the other. It disregards the value of the work that
+has been done in the extension of European civilisation to the rest of
+the world by the imperial activities of the European peoples. It fails
+to recognise that until Europe began to conquer the world neither
+rational law nor political liberty had ever in any real sense existed
+in the outer world, and that their dominion is even now far from
+assured, but depends for its maintenance upon the continued tutelage of
+the European peoples. It fails to realise that the economic demands of
+the modern world necessitate the maintenance of civilised
+administration after the Western pattern, and that this can only be
+assured, in large regions of the earth, by means of the political
+control of European peoples. Above all this view does not grasp the
+essential fact that the idea of nationhood and the idea of
+self-government are both modern ideas, which have had their origin in
+Europe, and which can only be realised among peoples of a high
+political development; that the sense of nationhood is but slowly
+created, and must not be arbitrarily defined in terms of race or
+language; and that the capacity for self-government is only formed by a
+long process of training, and has never existed except among peoples
+who were unified by a strongly felt community of sentiment, and had
+acquired the habit and instinct of loyalty to the law. Assuredly it is
+the duty of Europe and America to extend these fruitful conceptions to
+the regions which have passed under their influence. But the process
+must be a very slow one, and it can only be achieved under tutelage. It
+is the control of the European peoples over the non-European world
+which has turned the world into an economic unit, brought it within a
+single political system, and opened to us the possibility of making a
+world-order such as the most daring dreamers of the past could never
+have conceived. This control cannot be suddenly withdrawn. For a very
+long time to come the world-states whose rise we have traced must
+continue to be the means by which the political discoveries of Europe,
+as well as her material civilisation, are made available for the rest
+of the world. The world-states are such recent things that we have not
+yet found a place for them in our political philosophy. But unless we
+find a place for them, and think in terms of them, in the future, we
+shall be in danger of a terrible shipwreck.
+
+If, then, it is essential, not only for the economic development of the
+world, but for the political advancement of its more backward peoples,
+that the political suzerainty of the European peoples should survive,
+and as a consequence that the world should continue to be dominated by
+a group of great world-states, how are we to conjure away the nightmare
+of inter-imperial rivalry which has brought upon us the present
+catastrophe, and seems to threaten us with yet more appalling ruin in
+the future? Only by resolving and ensuring, as at the great settlement
+we may be able to do, that the necessary political control of Europe
+over the outer world shall in future be exercised not merely in the
+interests of the mistress-states, but in accordance with principles
+which are just in themselves, and which will give to all peoples a fair
+chance of making the best use of their powers. But how are we to
+discover these principles, if the ideas of nationality and
+self-government, to which we pin our faith in Europe, are to be held
+inapplicable to the greater part of the non-European world? There is
+only one possible source of instruction: our past experience, which has
+now extended over four centuries, and which we have in this book
+endeavoured to survey.
+
+Now while it is undeniably true that the mere lust of power has always
+been present in the imperial activities of the European peoples, it is
+certainly untrue (as our study ought to have shown) that it has ever
+been the sole motive, except, perhaps, in the great German challenge.
+And in the course of their experience the colonising peoples have
+gradually worked out certain principles in their treatment of subject
+peoples, which ought to be of use to us. The fullest and the most
+varied experience is that of the British Empire: it is the oldest of
+all the world-states; it alone includes regions of the utmost variety
+of types, new lands peopled by European settlers, realms of ancient
+civilisation like India, and regions inhabited by backward and
+primitive peoples. It would be absurd to claim that its methods are
+perfect and infallible. But they have been very varied, and quite
+astonishingly successful. And it is because they seem to afford clearer
+guidance than any other part of the experiments which we have recorded
+that we have studied them, especially in their later developments, with
+what may have seemed a disproportionate fulness. What are the
+principles which experience has gradually worked out in the British
+Empire? They cannot be embodied in a single formula, because they vary
+according to the condition and development of the lands to which they
+apply.
+
+But in the first place we have learnt by a very long experience that in
+lands inhabited by European settlers, who bring with them European
+traditions, the only satisfactory solution is to be found in the
+concession of the fullest self-governing rights, since these settlers
+are able to use them, and in the encouragement of that sentiment of
+unity which we call the national spirit. And this involves a
+recognition of the fact that nationality is never to be defined solely
+in terms of race or language, but can arise, and should be encouraged
+to arise, among racially divided communities such as Canada and South
+Africa. Any attempt to interpret nationhood in terms of race is not
+merely dangerous, but ruinous; and such endeavours to stimulate or
+accentuate racial conflict, as Germany has been guilty of in Brazil, in
+South Africa, and even in America, must be, if successful, fatal to the
+progress of the countries affected, and dangerous to the peace of the
+world.
+
+In the second place we have learnt that in lands of ancient
+civilisation, where ruling castes have for centuries been in the habit
+of exploiting their subjects, the supreme gift which Europe can offer
+is that of internal peace and a firmly administered and equal law,
+which will render possible the gradual rise of a sense of unity, and
+the gradual training of the people in the habits of life that make
+self-government possible. How soon national unity can be established,
+or self-government made practicable in any full sense, must be matter
+of debate. But the creation of these things is, or ought to be, the
+ultimate aim of European government in such countries. And in the
+meantime, and until they become fully masters of their own fate, these
+lands, so our British experience tells us, ought to be treated as
+distinct political units; they should pay no tribute; all their
+resources should be devoted to their own development; and they should
+not be expected or required to maintain larger forces than are
+necessary for their own defence. At the same time, the ruling power
+should claim no special privileges for its own citizens, but should
+throw open the markets of such realms equally to all nations. In short
+it should act not as a master, but as a trustee, on behalf of its
+subjects and also on behalf of civilisation.
+
+In the third place we have learnt that in the backward regions of the
+earth it is the duty of the ruling power, firstly, to protect its
+primitive subjects from unscrupulous exploitation, to guard their
+simple customs, proscribing only those which are immoral, and to afford
+them the means of a gradual emancipation from barbarism; secondly, to
+develop the economic resources of these regions for the needs of the
+industrial world, to open them up by modern communications, and to make
+them available on equal terms to all nations, giving no advantage to
+its own citizens.
+
+In spite of lapses and defects, it is an undeniable historical fact
+that these are the principles which have been wrought out and applied
+in the administration of the British Empire during the nineteenth
+century. They are not vague and Utopian dreams; they are a matter of
+daily practice. If they can be applied by one of the world-states, and
+that the greatest, why should they not be applied by the rest? But if
+these principles became universal, is it not apparent that all danger
+of a catastrophic war between these powers would be removed, since
+every reason for it would have vanished? Thus the necessary and
+advantageous tutelage of Europe over the non-European world, and the
+continuance of the great world-states, could be combined with the
+conjuring away of the ever-present terror of war, and with the gradual
+training of the non-European peoples to enjoy the political methods of
+Europe; while the lesser states without extra-European dominions need
+no longer feel themselves stunted and reduced to economic dependence
+upon their great neighbours. Thus, and thus alone, can the benefits of
+the long development which we have traced be reaped in full; thus alone
+can the dominion of the European peoples over the world be made to mean
+justice and the chance for all peoples to make the best of their powers.
+
+But it is not only the principles upon which particular areas outside
+of Europe should be governed which we must consider. We must reflect
+also upon the nature of the relations that should exist between the
+various members of these great world-empires, which must hence-forward
+be the dominating factors in the world's politics. And here the problem
+is urgent only in the case of the British Empire, because it alone is
+developed to such a point that the problem is inevitably raised.
+Whatever else may happen, the war must necessarily bring a crisis in
+the history of the British Empire. On a vastly greater scale the
+situation of 1763 is being reproduced. Now, as then, the Empire will
+emerge from a war for existence, in which mother and daughter lands
+alike have shared. Now, as then, the strain and pressure of the war
+will have brought to light deficiencies in the system of the Empire.
+Now, as then, the most patent of these deficiencies will be the fact
+that, generous as the self-governing powers of the great Dominions have
+been, they still have limits; and the irresistible tendency of
+self-government to work towards its own fulfilment will once more show
+itself. For there are two spheres in which even the most fully
+self-governing of the empire-nations have no effective control: they do
+not share in the determination of foreign policy, and they do not share
+in the direction of imperial defence. The responsibility for foreign
+policy, and the responsibility, and with it almost the whole burden, of
+organising imperial defence, have hitherto rested solely with Britain.
+Until the Great War, foreign policy seemed to be a matter of purely
+European interest, not directly concerning the great Dominions; nor did
+the problems of imperial defence appear very pressing or urgent. But
+now all have realised that not merely their interests, but their very
+existence, may depend upon the wise conduct of foreign relations; and
+now all have contributed the whole available strength of their manhood
+to support a struggle in whose direction they have had no effective
+share. These things must henceforth be altered; and they can be altered
+only in one or other of three ways. Either the great Dominions will
+become independent states, as the American colonies did, and pursue a
+foreign policy and maintain a system of defence of their own; or the
+Empire must reshape itself as a sort of permanent offensive and
+defensive alliance, whose external policy and modes of defence will be
+arranged by agreement; or some mode of common management of these and
+other questions must be devised. The first of these solutions is
+unlikely to be adopted, not only because the component members of the
+Empire are conscious of their individual weakness, but still more
+because the memory of the ordeal through which all have passed must
+form an indissoluble bond. Yet rashness or high-handedness in the
+treatment of the great issue might lead even to this unlikely result.
+If either of the other two solutions is adopted, the question will at
+once arise of the place to be occupied, in the league or in the
+reorganised super-state, of all those innumerable sections of the
+Empire which do not yet enjoy, and some of which may never enjoy, the
+full privileges of self-government; and above all, the place to be
+taken by the vast dominion of India, which though it is not, and may
+not for a long time become, a fully self-governing state, is yet a
+definite and vitally important unit in the Empire, entitled to have its
+needs and problems considered, and its government represented, on equal
+terms with the rest. The problem is an extraordinarily difficult one;
+perhaps the most difficult political problem that has ever faced the
+sons of men. But it is essentially the same problem which has
+continually recurred in the history of British imperialism, though it
+now presents itself on a vastly greater scale, and in a far more
+complex form, than ever before: it is the problem of reconciling unity
+with liberty and variety; of combining nationality and self-government
+with imperialism, without impairing the rights of either. And beyond
+any doubt the most tremendous and fascinating political question which
+now awaits solution in the world, is the question whether the political
+instinct of the British peoples, and the genius of self-government,
+will find a way out of these difficulties, as they have found a way out
+of so many others. Patience, mutual tolerance, willingness to
+compromise, will be required in the highest measure if the solution is
+to be found; but these are the qualities which self-government
+cultivates.
+
+'A thing that is wholly a sham,' said Treitschke, speaking of the
+British Empire, 'cannot in this world of ours, endure for ever.' Why
+did this Empire appear to Treitschke to be 'wholly a sham'? Was it not
+because it did not answer to any definition of the word 'Empire' to be
+found in German political philosophy; because it did not mean dominion
+and uniformity, but liberty and variety; because it did not rest upon
+Force, as, in his view, every firmly established state must do; because
+it was not governed by a single master, whose edicts all its subjects
+must obey? But for 'a thing that is wholly a sham' men do not lay down
+their lives, in thousands and in hundreds of thousands, not under the
+pressure of compulsion, but by a willing self-devotion; for the defence
+of 'a thing that is wholly a sham' men will not stream in from all the
+ends of the earth, abandoning their families and their careers, and
+offering without murmur or hesitation themselves and all they have and
+are. There must be a reality in the thing that calls forth such
+sacrifices, a reality of the kind to which Realpolitik, with its
+concentration upon purely material concerns, is wholly blind: it is the
+reality of an ideal of honour, and justice, and freedom. And if the
+Germans have been deceived in their calculations of Realpolitik, is it
+not perhaps because they have learnt to regard honour, and justice, and
+freedom as 'things that are wholly shams'?
+
+This amazing political structure, which refuses to fall within any of
+the categories of political science, which is an empire and yet not an
+empire, a state and yet not a state, a super-nation incorporating in
+itself an incredible variety of peoples and races, is not a structure
+which has been designed by the ingenuity of man, or created by the
+purposive action of a government; it is a natural growth, the product
+of the spontaneous activity of innumerable individuals and groups
+springing from among peoples whose history has made liberty and the
+tolerance of differences their most fundamental instincts; it is the
+outcome of a series of accidents, unforeseen, but turned to advantage
+by the unfailing and ever-new resourcefulness of men habituated to
+self-government. There is no logic or uniformity in its system, which
+has arisen from an infinite number of makeshifts and tentative
+experiments, yet in all of these a certain consistency appears, because
+they have been presided over by the genius of self-government. It is
+distributed over every continent, is washed by every ocean, includes
+half the dust of islands that Nature has scattered about the seas of
+the world, controls almost all the main avenues of the world's
+sea-going commerce, and is linked together by ten thousand ships
+perpetually going to and fro. Weak for offensive purposes, because its
+resources are so scattered, it is, except at a few points, almost
+impregnable against attack, if its forces are well organised. It
+includes among its population representatives of almost every human
+race and religion, and every grade of civilisation, from the Australian
+Bushman to the subtle and philosophic Brahmin, from the African dwarf
+to the master of modern industry or the scholar of universities. Almost
+every form of social organisation and of government known to man is
+represented in its complex and many-hued fabric. It embodies five of
+the most completely self-governing communities which the world has
+known, and four of these control the future of the great empty spaces
+that remain for the settlement of white men. It finds place for the
+highly organised caste system by which the teeming millions of India
+are held together. It preserves the simple tribal organisation of the
+African clans. To different elements among its subjects this empire
+appears in different aspects. To the self-governing Dominions it is a
+brotherhood of free nations, co-operating for the defence and diffusion
+of common ideas and of common institutions. To the ancient
+civilisations of India or of Egypt it is a power which, in spite of all
+its mistakes and limitations, has brought peace instead of turmoil, law
+instead of arbitrary might, unity instead of chaos, justice instead of
+oppression, freedom for the development of the capacities and
+characteristic ideas of their peoples, and the prospect of a steady
+growth of national unity and political responsibility. To the backward
+races it has meant the suppression of unending slaughter, the
+disappearance of slavery, the protection of the rights and usages of
+primitive and simple folk against reckless exploitation, and the chance
+of gradual improvement and emancipation from barbarism. But to all
+alike, to one quarter of the inhabitants of the world, it has meant the
+establishment of the Reign of Law, and of the Liberty which can only
+exist under its shelter. In some degree, though imperfectly as yet, it
+has realised within its own body all the three great political ideas of
+the modern world. It has fostered the rise of a sense of nationhood in
+the young communities of the new lands, and in the old and decaying
+civilisations of the most ancient historic countries. It has given a
+freedom of development to self-government such as history has never
+before known. And by linking together so many diverse and contrasted
+peoples in a common peace, it has already realised, for a quarter of
+the globe, the ideal of internationalism on a scale undreamt of by the
+most sanguine prophets of Europe.
+
+Truly this empire is a fabric so wonderful, so many-sided, and so
+various in its aspects, that it may well escape the rigid categories of
+a German professor, and seem to him 'wholly a sham.' Now is the crisis
+of its fate: and if the wisdom of its leaders can solve the riddle of
+the Sphinx which is being put to them, the Great War will indeed have
+brought, for a quarter of the world, the culmination of modern history.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Expansion of Europe, by Ramsay Muir
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 4326.txt or 4326.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/4/3/2/4326/
+
+Produced by Robert Rowe, Charles Franks and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team. HTML version by Al Haines.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.